Guide to the Secure Configuration of SUSE Linux Enterprise Micro 6
https://www.open-scap.org/security-policies/scap-security-guide
scap-security-guide package which is developed at
https://www.open-scap.org/security-policies/scap-security-guide.
Providing system administrators with such guidance informs them how to securely configure systems under their control in a variety of network roles. Policy makers and baseline creators can use this catalog of settings, with its associated references to higher-level security control catalogs, in order to assist them in security baseline creation. This guide is a catalog, not a checklist, and satisfaction of every item is not likely to be possible or sensible in many operational scenarios. However, the XCCDF format enables granular selection and adjustment of settings, and their association with OVAL and OCIL content provides an automated checking capability. Transformations of this document, and its associated automated checking content, are capable of providing baselines that meet a diverse set of policy objectives. Some example XCCDF Profiles, which are selections of items that form checklists and can be used as baselines, are available with this guide. They can be processed, in an automated fashion, with tools that support the Security Content Automation Protocol (SCAP). The DISA STIG, which provides required settings for US Department of Defense systems, is one example of a baseline created from this guidance.
Evaluation Characteristics
| Evaluation target | localhost |
|---|---|
| Benchmark URL | /usr/share/xml/scap/ssg/content/ssg-slmicro6-ds.xml |
| Benchmark ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_benchmark_SLMICRO6 |
| Benchmark version | 0.1.80 |
| Profile ID | xccdf_hardpipe_profile_slmicro62_hardened |
| Started at | 2026-04-19T11:29:24+00:00 |
| Finished at | 2026-04-19T11:29:47+00:00 |
| Performed by | root |
| Test system | cpe:/a:redhat:openscap:1.3.6 |
CPE Platforms
- cpe:/o:suse:sl-micro:6.0
- cpe:/o:suse:sl-micro:6.1
Addresses
- IPv4 127.0.0.1
- IPv4 192.168.77.194
- IPv6 fe80:0:0:0:5054:ff:fe76:11c3
- MAC 00:00:00:00:00:00
- MAC 52:54:00:76:11:C3
- MAC 06:B4:10:95:14:DF
Compliance and Scoring
Rule results
Severity of failed rules
Score
| Scoring system | Score | Maximum | Percent |
|---|---|---|---|
| urn:xccdf:scoring:default | 90.153442 | 100.000000 |
Rule Overview
Result Details
Install AIDE
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_package_aide_installed |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-package_aide_installed:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:24+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94712-7 References: 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 2, 3, 5, 7, 8, 9, 5.10.1.3, APO01.06, BAI01.06, BAI02.01, BAI03.05, BAI06.01, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.03, DSS03.05, DSS04.07, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.06, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, 4.3.4.4.4, SR 3.1, SR 3.3, SR 3.4, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.6, A.11.2.4, A.12.1.2, A.12.2.1, A.12.4.1, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.8.2.3, CM-6(a), DE.CM-1, DE.CM-7, PR.DS-1, PR.DS-6, PR.DS-8, PR.IP-1, PR.IP-3, Req-11.5, SRG-OS-000445-GPOS-00199, R76, R79, 1034, 1288, 1341, 1417, 11.5.2 |
| Description | The aide package can be installed with the following command:
$ sudo zypper install aide |
| Rationale | The AIDE package must be installed if it is to be available for integrity checking. |
Build and Test AIDE Database
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_aide_build_database |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-aide_build_database:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:24+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94713-5 References: 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 2, 3, 5, 7, 8, 9, 5.10.1.3, APO01.06, BAI01.06, BAI02.01, BAI03.05, BAI06.01, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.03, DSS03.05, DSS04.07, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.06, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, 4.3.4.4.4, SR 3.1, SR 3.3, SR 3.4, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.6, A.11.2.4, A.12.1.2, A.12.2.1, A.12.4.1, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.8.2.3, CM-6(a), DE.CM-1, DE.CM-7, PR.DS-1, PR.DS-6, PR.DS-8, PR.IP-1, PR.IP-3, Req-11.5, SRG-OS-000445-GPOS-00199, R76, R79, 11.5.2 |
| Description | Run the following command to generate a new database:
$ sudo /usr/bin/aide --initBy default, the database will be written to the file /var/lib/aide/aide.db.new.
Storing the database, the configuration file /etc/aide.conf, and the binary
/usr/bin/aide
(or hashes of these files), in a secure location (such as on read-only media) provides additional assurance about their integrity.
The newly-generated database can be installed as follows:
$ sudo cp /var/lib/aide/aide.db.new /var/lib/aide/aide.dbTo initiate a manual check, run the following command: $ sudo /usr/bin/aide --checkIf this check produces any unexpected output, investigate. |
| Rationale | For AIDE to be effective, an initial database of "known-good" information about files
must be captured and it should be able to be verified against the installed files. |
| Warnings | warning
In RHEL Image Mode (bootc) systems, the AIDE database must be regenerated after each system update.
Image Mode systems receive updates through new container images that may include modified files.
After applying system updates, run the following commands to regenerate the AIDE database:
$ sudo /usr/bin/aide --initThen replace the existing database: $ sudo cp /var/lib/aide/aide.db.new.gz /var/lib/aide/aide.db.gzFailure to regenerate the AIDE database after updates will result in false positive alerts for legitimate system changes introduced by the update process. |
Configure AIDE to Verify the Audit Tools
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_aide_check_audit_tools |
| Result | fail |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-aide_check_audit_tools:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:24+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94702-8 References: AU-9(3), AU-9(3).1, SRG-OS-000278-GPOS-00108 |
| Description | The operating system file integrity tool must be configured to protect the integrity of the audit tools. |
| Rationale | Protecting the integrity of the tools used for auditing purposes is a
critical step toward ensuring the integrity of audit information. Audit
information includes all information (e.g., audit records, audit settings,
and audit reports) needed to successfully audit information system
activity.
Audit tools include but are not limited to vendor-provided and open-source
audit tools needed to successfully view and manipulate audit information
system activity and records. Audit tools include custom queries and report
generators.
It is not uncommon for attackers to replace the audit tools or inject code
into the existing tools to provide the capability to hide or erase system
activity from the audit logs.
To address this risk, audit tools must be cryptographically signed to
provide the capability to identify when the audit tools have been modified,
manipulated, or replaced. An example is a checksum hash of the file or
files. |
Configure Systemd Timer Execution of AIDE
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_aide_periodic_checking_systemd_timer |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-aide_periodic_checking_systemd_timer:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:25+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94714-3 References: 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 2, 3, 5, 7, 8, 9, 5.10.1.3, APO01.06, BAI01.06, BAI02.01, BAI03.05, BAI06.01, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.03, DSS03.05, DSS04.07, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.06, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, 4.3.4.4.4, SR 3.1, SR 3.3, SR 3.4, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.6, A.11.2.4, A.12.1.2, A.12.2.1, A.12.4.1, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.8.2.3, SI-7, SI-7(1), CM-6(a), DE.CM-1, DE.CM-7, PR.DS-1, PR.DS-6, PR.DS-8, PR.IP-1, PR.IP-3, Req-11.5, SRG-OS-000363-GPOS-00150, SRG-OS-000446-GPOS-00200, SRG-OS-000447-GPOS-00201, R76, 11.5.2 |
| Description | At a minimum, AIDE should be configured to run a weekly scan.
To implement a systemd service and a timer unit to run the service periodically:
For example, if a systemd timer is expected to be started every day at 5AM
OnCalendar=*-*-* 05:00:0 [Timer]section in the timer unit and a Unit section starting the AIDE check service unit should be referred. |
| Rationale | AIDE provides a means to check if unauthorized changes are made to the system.
AIDE itself does not setup a periodic execution, so in order to detect unauthorized
changes a systemd service to run the check and a systemd timer to take care
of periodical execution of that systemd service should be defined. |
Configure Notification of Post-AIDE Scan Details
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_aide_scan_notification |
| Result | fail |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-aide_scan_notification:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:25+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94730-9 References: 1, 11, 12, 13, 15, 16, 2, 3, 5, 7, 8, 9, BAI01.06, BAI06.01, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.03, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 6.2, SR 7.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.4.1, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, CM-6(a), CM-3(5), DE.CM-1, DE.CM-7, PR.IP-1, PR.IP-3, SRG-OS-000363-GPOS-00150, SRG-OS-000446-GPOS-00200, SRG-OS-000447-GPOS-00201, R76 |
| Description | AIDE should notify appropriate personnel of the details of a scan after the scan has been run.
If AIDE has already been configured for periodic execution in /etc/crontab, append the
following line to the existing AIDE line:
| /bin/mail -s "$(hostname) - AIDE Integrity Check" root@localhostOtherwise, add the following line to /etc/crontab:
05 4 * * * root /usr/bin/aide --check | /bin/mail -s "$(hostname) - AIDE Integrity Check" root@localhostAIDE can be executed periodically through other means; this is merely one example. |
| Rationale | Unauthorized changes to the baseline configuration could make the system vulnerable
to various attacks or allow unauthorized access to the operating system. Changes to
operating system configurations can have unintended side effects, some of which may
be relevant to security.
Detecting such changes and providing an automated response can help avoid unintended, negative consequences that could ultimately affect the security state of the operating system. The operating system's Information Management Officer (IMO)/Information System Security Officer (ISSO) and System Administrators (SAs) must be notified via email and/or monitoring system trap when there is an unauthorized modification of a configuration item. |
Configure AIDE to Verify Access Control Lists (ACLs)
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_aide_verify_acls |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-aide_verify_acls:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:25+00:00 |
| Severity | low |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-95052-7 References: 2, 3, APO01.06, BAI03.05, BAI06.01, DSS06.02, 4.3.4.4.4, SR 3.1, SR 3.3, SR 3.4, SR 3.8, A.11.2.4, A.12.2.1, A.12.5.1, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.4, SI-7, SI-7(1), CM-6(a), PR.DS-6, PR.DS-8, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227, R76 |
| Description | By default, the acl option is added to the FIPSR ruleset in AIDE.
If using a custom ruleset or the acl option is missing, add acl
to the appropriate ruleset.
For example, add acl to the following line in /etc/aide.conf:
FIPSR = p+i+n+u+g+s+m+c+acl+selinux+xattrs+sha256AIDE rules can be configured in multiple ways; this is merely one example that is already configured by default. The remediation provided with this rule adds acl to all rule sets available in
/etc/aide.conf
|
| Rationale | ACLs can provide permissions beyond those permitted through the file mode and must be
verified by the file integrity tools. |
Configure AIDE to Verify Extended Attributes
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_aide_verify_ext_attributes |
| Result | fail |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-aide_verify_ext_attributes:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:25+00:00 |
| Severity | low |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-95053-5 References: 2, 3, APO01.06, BAI03.05, BAI06.01, DSS06.02, 4.3.4.4.4, SR 3.1, SR 3.3, SR 3.4, SR 3.8, A.11.2.4, A.12.2.1, A.12.5.1, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.4, SI-7, SI-7(1), CM-6(a), PR.DS-6, PR.DS-8, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227, R76 |
| Description | By default, the xattrs option is added to the FIPSR ruleset in AIDE.
If using a custom ruleset or the xattrs option is missing, add xattrs
to the appropriate ruleset.
For example, add xattrs to the following line in /etc/aide.conf:
FIPSR = p+i+n+u+g+s+m+c+acl+selinux+xattrs+sha256AIDE rules can be configured in multiple ways; this is merely one example that is already configured by default. The remediation provided with this rule adds xattrs to all rule sets available in
/etc/aide.conf
|
| Rationale | Extended attributes in file systems are used to contain arbitrary data and file metadata
with security implications. |
The Installed Operating System Is Vendor Supported
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_installed_OS_is_vendor_supported |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-installed_OS_is_vendor_supported:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:25+00:00 |
| Severity | high |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-95035-2 References: 18, 20, 4, APO12.01, APO12.02, APO12.03, APO12.04, BAI03.10, DSS05.01, DSS05.02, 4.2.3, 4.2.3.12, 4.2.3.7, 4.2.3.9, A.12.6.1, A.14.2.3, A.16.1.3, A.18.2.2, A.18.2.3, CM-6(a), MA-6, SA-13(a), ID.RA-1, PR.IP-12, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 |
| Description | The installed operating system must be maintained by a vendor.
SUSE Linux Enterprise is supported by SUSE. As the SUSE Linux Enterprise
vendor, SUSE is responsible for providing security patches. |
| Rationale | An operating system is considered "supported" if the vendor continues to
provide security patches for the product. With an unsupported release, it
will not be possible to resolve any security issue discovered in the system
software. |
| Warnings | warning
There is no remediation besides switching to a different operating system. |
Encrypt Partitions
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_encrypt_partitions |
| Result | notchecked |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:25+00:00 |
| Severity | high |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94686-3 References: 13, 14, APO01.06, BAI02.01, BAI06.01, DSS04.07, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.06, 3.13.16, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(b)(1), 164.310(d), 164.312(a)(1), 164.312(a)(2)(iii), 164.312(a)(2)(iv), 164.312(b), 164.312(c), 164.314(b)(2)(i), 164.312(d), SR 3.4, SR 4.1, SR 5.2, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CIP-003-8 R4.2, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CM-6(a), SC-28, SC-28(1), SC-13, AU-9(3), PR.DS-1, PR.DS-5, SRG-OS-000405-GPOS-00184, SRG-OS-000185-GPOS-00079, SRG-OS-000404-GPOS-00183 |
| Description | SUSE Linux Enterprise Micro 6 natively supports partition encryption through the
Linux Unified Key Setup-on-disk-format (LUKS) technology. The easiest way to
encrypt a partition is during installation time.
For manual installations, select the Encrypt checkbox during
partition creation to encrypt the partition. When this
option is selected the system will prompt for a passphrase to use in
decrypting the partition. The passphrase will subsequently need to be entered manually
every time the system boots.
Detailed information on encrypting partitions using LUKS or LUKS ciphers can be found on the SUSE Linux Enterprise Micro 6 Documentation web site: https://documentation.suse.com/sle-micro/6.0/html/Micro-deployment-raw-images/index.html#deployment-jeos-firstboot . |
| Rationale | The risk of a system's physical compromise, particularly mobile systems such as
laptops, places its data at risk of compromise. Encrypting this data mitigates
the risk of its loss if the system is lost. |
Require Re-Authentication When Using the sudo Command
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sudo_require_reauthentication |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-sudo_require_reauthentication:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:25+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94719-2 References: IA-11, SRG-OS-000373-GPOS-00156, SRG-OS-000373-GPOS-00157, SRG-OS-000373-GPOS-00158, 2.2.6, 2.2 |
| Description | The sudo timestamp_timeout tag sets the amount of time sudo password prompt waits.
The default timestamp_timeout value is 5 minutes.
The timestamp_timeout should be configured by making sure that the
timestamp_timeout tag exists in
/etc/sudoers configuration file or any sudo configuration snippets
in /etc/sudoers.d/.
If the value is set to an integer less than 0, the user's time stamp will not expire
and the user will not have to re-authenticate for privileged actions until the user's session is terminated. |
| Rationale | Without re-authentication, users may access resources or perform tasks for which they
do not have authorization.
When operating systems provide the capability to escalate a functional capability, it is critical that the user re-authenticate. |
Ensure sudo only includes the default configuration directory
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sudoers_default_includedir |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-sudoers_default_includedir:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:25+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-95040-2 References: SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 |
| Description | Administrators can configure authorized sudo users via drop-in files, and it is possible to include
other directories and configuration files from the file currently being parsed.
Make sure that /etc/sudoers only includes drop-in configuration files from /etc/sudoers.d,
or that no drop-in file is included.
Either the /etc/sudoers should contain only one #includedir directive pointing to
/etc/sudoers.d, and no file in /etc/sudoers.d/ should include other files or directories;
Or the /etc/sudoers should not contain any #include,
@include, #includedir or @includedir directives.
Note that the '#' character doesn't denote a comment in the configuration file. |
| Rationale | Some sudo configuration options allow users to run programs without re-authenticating.
Use of these configuration options makes it easier for one compromised account to be used to
compromise other accounts. |
Ensure invoking users password for privilege escalation when using sudo
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sudoers_validate_passwd |
| Result | fail |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-sudoers_validate_passwd:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:25+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-95043-6 References: CM-6(b), CM-6.1(iv), SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 |
| Description | The sudoers security policy requires that users authenticate themselves before they can use sudo.
When sudoers requires authentication, it validates the invoking user's credentials.
The expected output for:
sudo cvtsudoers -f sudoers /etc/sudoers | grep -E '^Defaults !?(rootpw|targetpw|runaspw)$' Defaults !targetpw
Defaults !rootpw
Defaults !runaspw
or if cvtsudoers not supported:
sudo find /etc/sudoers /etc/sudoers.d \( \! -name '*~' -a \! -name '*.*' \) -exec grep -E --with-filename '^[[:blank:]]*Defaults[[:blank:]](.*[[:blank:]])?!?\b(rootpw|targetpw|runaspw)' -- {} \;
/etc/sudoers:Defaults !targetpw
/etc/sudoers:Defaults !rootpw
/etc/sudoers:Defaults !runaspw
|
| Rationale | If the rootpw, targetpw, or runaspw flags are defined and not disabled, by default the operating system will prompt
the invoking user for the "root" user password. |
Ensure gpgcheck Enabled In Main zypper Configuration
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_ensure_gpgcheck_globally_activated |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-ensure_gpgcheck_globally_activated:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:25+00:00 |
| Severity | high |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94715-0 References: 11, 2, 3, 9, 5.10.4.1, APO01.06, BAI03.05, BAI06.01, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS06.02, 3.4.8, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.312(b), 164.312(c)(1), 164.312(c)(2), 164.312(e)(2)(i), 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, 4.3.4.4.4, SR 3.1, SR 3.3, SR 3.4, SR 3.8, SR 7.6, A.11.2.4, A.12.1.2, A.12.2.1, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, CM-5(3), SI-7, SC-12, SC-12(3), CM-6(a), SA-12, SA-12(10), CM-11(a), CM-11(b), PR.DS-6, PR.DS-8, PR.IP-1, FPT_TUD_EXT.1, FPT_TUD_EXT.2, Req-6.2, SRG-OS-000366-GPOS-00153, R59, 1493, 6.3.3, 6.3 |
| Description | The gpgcheck option controls whether
RPM packages' signatures are always checked prior to installation.
To configure zypper to check package signatures before installing
them, ensure the following line appears in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf in
the [main] section:
gpgcheck=1 |
| Rationale | Changes to any software components can have significant effects on the
overall security of the operating system. This requirement ensures the
software has not been tampered with and that it has been provided by a
trusted vendor.
Accordingly, patches, service packs, device drivers, or operating system components must be signed with a certificate recognized and approved by the organization. Verifying the authenticity of the software prior to installation validates the integrity of the patch or upgrade received from a vendor. This ensures the software has not been tampered with and that it has been provided by a trusted vendor. Self-signed certificates are disallowed by this requirement. Certificates used to verify the software must be from an approved Certificate Authority (CA). |
Ensure Software Patches Installed
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_security_patches_up_to_date |
| Result | notchecked |
| Multi-check rule | yes |
| OVAL Definition ID | |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:25+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-95036-0 References: 18, 20, 4, 5.10.4.1, APO12.01, APO12.02, APO12.03, APO12.04, BAI03.10, DSS05.01, DSS05.02, 4.2.3, 4.2.3.12, 4.2.3.7, 4.2.3.9, A.12.6.1, A.14.2.3, A.16.1.3, A.18.2.2, A.18.2.3, SI-2(5), SI-2(c), CM-6(a), ID.RA-1, PR.IP-12, FMT_MOF_EXT.1, Req-6.2, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227, R61, 1409, 6.3.3, 6.3 |
| Description |
If the system is configured for online updates, invoking the following command will list available
security updates:
$ sudo zypper refresh && sudo zypper list-patches -g security NOTE: U.S. Defense systems are required to be patched within 30 days or sooner as local policy dictates. |
| Rationale | Installing software updates is a fundamental mitigation against
the exploitation of publicly-known vulnerabilities. If the most
recent security patches and updates are not installed, unauthorized
users may take advantage of weaknesses in the unpatched software. The
lack of prompt attention to patching could result in a system compromise. |
| Warnings | warning
The OVAL feed of SUSE Linux Enterprise Micro 6 is not a XML file, which may not be understood by all scanners. |
Limit Password Reuse
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_accounts_password_pam_pwhistory_remember |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-accounts_password_pam_pwhistory_remember:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:25+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94641-8 References: SRG-OS-000077-GPOS-00045 |
| Description | Do not allow users to reuse recent passwords. This can be
accomplished by using the remember option for the
pam_pwhistory PAM modules.
In the file /etc/pam.d/common-password, make sure the parameters
remember and use_authtok are present, and that the value
for the remember parameter is 5 or greater. For example:
password requisite pam_pwhistory.so ...existing_options... remember=5 use_authtokThe profile requirement is 5 passwords. |
| Rationale | Preventing reuse of previous passwords helps ensure that a compromised password is not reused by a user. |
Enforce Delay After Failed Logon Attempts
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_accounts_passwords_pam_faildelay_delay |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-accounts_passwords_pam_faildelay_delay:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:25+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94742-4 References: SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00226 |
| Description | To configure the system to introduce a delay after failed logon attempts,
add or correct the pam_faildelay settings in
/etc/pam.d/common-auth to make sure its delay parameter
is at least 4000000 or greater. For example:
auth required pam_faildelay.so delay=4000000
|
| Rationale | Limiting the number of logon attempts over a certain time interval reduces
the chances that an unauthorized user may gain access to an account. |
Set Password Hashing Algorithm in /usr/etc/login.defs
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_set_password_hashing_algorithm_logindefs |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-set_password_hashing_algorithm_logindefs:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:25+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | References: 1, 12, 15, 16, 5, 5.6.2.2, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.03, DSS06.10, 3.13.11, 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.4, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, A.18.1.4, A.7.1.1, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, IA-5(c), IA-5(1)(c), CM-6(a), PR.AC-1, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7, Req-8.2.1, SRG-OS-000073-GPOS-00041, 0418, 1055, 1402, 8.3.2, 8.3 |
| Description | In /usr/etc/login.defs, add or update the following line to ensure the system will use
SHA512 as the hashing algorithm:
ENCRYPT_METHOD SHA512
|
| Rationale | Passwords need to be protected at all times, and encryption is the standard method for
protecting passwords. If passwords are not encrypted, they can be plainly read
(i.e., clear text) and easily compromised. Passwords that are encrypted with a weak algorithm
are no more protected than if they are kept in plain text.
Using a stronger hashing algorithm makes password cracking attacks more difficult. |
Set PAM Password Hashing Algorithm - system-auth
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_set_password_hashing_algorithm_systemauth |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-set_password_hashing_algorithm_systemauth:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:25+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94659-0 References: 1, 12, 15, 16, 5, 5.6.2.2, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.03, DSS06.10, 3.13.11, 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.4, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, A.18.1.4, A.7.1.1, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, IA-5(c), IA-5(1)(c), CM-6(a), PR.AC-1, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7, Req-8.2.1, SRG-OS-000073-GPOS-00041, SRG-OS-000120-GPOS-00061, R68, 0418, 1055, 1402, 8.3.2, 8.3 |
| Description | The PAM system service can be configured to only store encrypted representations of passwords.
In "/etc/pam.d/common-password", the password section of the file controls which
PAM modules to execute during a password change.
Set the pam_unix.so module in the password section to include the option
sha512 and no other hashing
algorithms as shown below:
password required pam_unix.so sha512
other arguments...
This will help ensure that new passwords for local users will be stored using the sha512 algorithm. |
| Rationale | Passwords need to be protected at all times, and encryption is the standard method for
protecting passwords. If passwords are not encrypted, they can be plainly read
(i.e., clear text) and easily compromised. Passwords that are encrypted with a weak algorithm
are no more protected than if they are kept in plain text.
This setting ensures user and group account administration utilities are configured to store only encrypted representations of passwords. Additionally, the crypt_style
configuration option in /etc/libuser.conf ensures the use of a strong hashing
algorithm that makes password cracking attacks more difficult. |
| Warnings | warning
The hashing algorithms to be used with pam_unix.so are defined with independent module
options. There are at least 7 possible algorithms and likely more algorithms will be
introduced along the time. Due the the number of options and its possible combinations,
the use of multiple hashing algorithm options may bring unexpected behaviors to the
system. For this reason the check will pass only when one hashing algorithm option is
defined and is aligned to the "var_password_hashing_algorithm_pam" variable. The
remediation will ensure the correct option and remove any other extra hashing algorithm
option. |
Set Password Hashing Rounds in /usr/etc/login.defs
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_set_password_hashing_min_rounds_logindefs |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-set_password_hashing_min_rounds_logindefs:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:25+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94660-8 References: SRG-OS-000073-GPOS-00041, SRG-OS-000120-GPOS-00061 |
| Description | In /usr/etc/login.defs, ensure SHA_CRYPT_MIN_ROUNDS and
SHA_CRYPT_MAX_ROUNDS has the minimum value of 5000.
For example:
SHA_CRYPT_MIN_ROUNDS 5000
SHA_CRYPT_MAX_ROUNDS 5000
Notice that if neither are set, they already have the default value of 5000.
If either is set, they must have the minimum value of 5000. |
| Rationale | Passwords need to be protected at all times, and hashing is the standard
method for protecting passwords. If passwords are not hashed, they can
be plainly read (i.e., clear text) and easily compromised. Passwords
that are hashed with a weak algorithm are no more protected than if
they are kept in plain text.
Using more hashing rounds makes password cracking attacks more difficult. |
Check that vlock is installed to allow session locking
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_vlock_installed |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-vlock_installed:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:25+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94630-1 References: SRG-OS-000028-GPOS-00009, SRG-OS-000030-GPOS-00011 |
| Description | The SUSE Linux Enterprise Micro 6 operating system must have vlock installed to allow for session locking.
The kbd package can be installed with the following command:
$ sudo zypper install kbd |
| Rationale | A session lock is a temporary action taken when a user stops work and
moves away from the immediate physical vicinity of the information
system but does not want to log out because of the temporary nature of
the absence.
The session lock is implemented at the point where session activity can
be determined.
Regardless of where the session lock is determined and implemented,
once invoked, the session lock must remain in place until the user
reauthenticates. No other activity aside from reauthentication must
unlock the system. |
Enable Smart Card Logins in PAM
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_smartcard_pam_enabled |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-smartcard_pam_enabled:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:25+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94658-2 References: SRG-OS-000068-GPOS-00036, SRG-OS-000105-GPOS-00052, SRG-OS-000106-GPOS-00053, SRG-OS-000107-GPOS-00054, SRG-OS-000108-GPOS-00055, SRG-OS-000375-GPOS-00160, SRG-OS-000375-GPOS-00161, SRG-OS-000375-GPOS-00162 |
| Description | This requirement only applies to components where this is specific to the
function of the device or has the concept of an organizational user (e.g.,
VPN, proxy capability). This does not apply to authentication for the
purpose of configuring the device itself (management).
Check that the pam_pkcs11.so option is configured in the
etc/pam.d/common-auth file with the following command:
# grep pam_pkcs11.so /etc/pam.d/common-auth auth sufficient pam_pkcs11.soFor general information about enabling smart card authentication, consult the documentation at: |
| Rationale | Smart card login provides two-factor authentication stronger than
that provided by a username and password combination. Smart cards leverage PKI
(public key infrastructure) in order to provide and verify credentials.
Using an authentication device, such as a CAC or token that is separate
from the information system, ensures that even if the information system is
compromised, that compromise will not affect credentials stored on the
authentication device.
Multifactor solutions that require devices separate from information
systems gaining access include, for example, hardware tokens providing
time-based or challenge-response authenticators and smart cards
or similar secure authentication devices issued by an organization or identity provider. |
Disable Ctrl-Alt-Del Reboot Activation
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_disable_ctrlaltdel_reboot |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-disable_ctrlaltdel_reboot:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:25+00:00 |
| Severity | high |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-95054-3 References: 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, 3.4.5, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(B), 164.308(a)(7)(i), 164.308(a)(7)(ii)(A), 164.310(a)(1), 164.310(a)(2)(i), 164.310(a)(2)(ii), 164.310(a)(2)(iii), 164.310(b), 164.310(c), 164.310(d)(1), 164.310(d)(2)(iii), 4.3.3.7.3, SR 2.1, SR 5.2, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2, CM-6(a), AC-6(1), PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5, FAU_GEN.1.2, SRG-OS-000324-GPOS-00125, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 |
| Description | By default, SystemD will reboot the system if the Ctrl-Alt-Del
key sequence is pressed.
To configure the system to ignore the Ctrl-Alt-Del key sequence from the
command line instead of rebooting the system, do either of the following:
ln -sf /dev/null /etc/systemd/system/ctrl-alt-del.targetor systemctl mask ctrl-alt-del.target Do not simply delete the /usr/lib/systemd/system/ctrl-alt-del.service file,
as this file may be restored during future system updates. |
| Rationale | A locally logged-in user who presses Ctrl-Alt-Del, when at the console,
can reboot the system. If accidentally pressed, as could happen in
the case of mixed OS environment, this can create the risk of short-term
loss of availability of systems due to unintentional reboot. |
Set Account Expiration Following Inactivity
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_account_disable_post_pw_expiration |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-account_disable_post_pw_expiration:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:25+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94675-6 References: 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, 7, 8, 5.6.2.1.1, DSS01.03, DSS03.05, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.03, DSS06.10, 3.5.6, 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 6.2, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.3, A.18.1.4, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CIP-004-6 R2.2.2, CIP-004-6 R2.2.3, CIP-007-3 R.1.3, CIP-007-3 R5, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.3, CIP-007-3 R5.2.1, CIP-007-3 R5.2.3, IA-4(e), AC-2(3), CM-6(a), DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, PR.AC-1, PR.AC-4, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7, Req-8.1.4, SRG-OS-000118-GPOS-00060, 8.2.6, 8.2 |
| Description | To specify the number of days after a password expires (which
signifies inactivity) until an account is permanently disabled, add or correct
the following line in /etc/default/useradd:
INACTIVE=35
If a password is currently on the verge of expiration, then
35
day(s) remain(s) until the account is automatically
disabled. However, if the password will not expire for another 60 days, then 60
days plus 35 day(s) could
elapse until the account would be automatically disabled. See the
useradd man page for more information. |
| Rationale | Inactive identifiers pose a risk to systems and applications because attackers may exploit an inactive identifier and potentially obtain undetected access to the system.
Disabling inactive accounts ensures that accounts which may not have been responsibly removed are not available to attackers who may have compromised their credentials.
Owners of inactive accounts will not notice if unauthorized access to their user account has been obtained. |
Never Automatically Remove or Disable Emergency Administrator Accounts
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_account_emergency_admin |
| Result | notchecked |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:25+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94677-2 References: SRG-OS-000123-GPOS-00064 |
| Description | Emergency accounts are privileged accounts that are established in response
to crisis situations where the need for rapid account activation is
required. Therefore, emergency account activation may bypass normal account
authorization processes. If these accounts are automatically disabled,
system maintenance during emergencies may not be possible, thus adversely
affecting system availability.
Check to see if an emergency administrator account password or account expires with the following command:
# sudo chage -l [Emergency_Administrator] Password expires:neverIf Password expires or Account expires is set to anything other than never, this is a finding. |
| Rationale | Emergency accounts are different from infrequently used accounts (i.e.,
local logon accounts used by the organization's system administrators when
network or normal logon/access is not available). Infrequently used
accounts are not subject to automatic termination dates. Emergency accounts
are accounts created in response to crisis situations, usually for use by
maintenance personnel. The automatic expiration or disabling time period
may be extended as needed until the crisis is resolved; however, it must
not be extended indefinitely. A permanent account should be established for
privileged users who need long-term maintenance accounts.
To address access requirements the SUSE operating system can be integrated
with enterprise-level authentication/access mechanisms that meet or exceed
access control policy requirements. |
Assign Expiration Date to Temporary Accounts
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_account_temp_expire_date |
| Result | notchecked |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:25+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94678-0 References: 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, 7, 8, DSS01.03, DSS03.05, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.03, 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, SR 1.1, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 6.2, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, AC-2(2), AC-2(3), CM-6(a), DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, PR.AC-1, PR.AC-4, PR.AC-6, SRG-OS-000123-GPOS-00064, SRG-OS-000002-GPOS-00002 |
| Description | Temporary accounts are established as part of normal account activation
procedures when there is a need for short-term accounts. In the event
temporary accounts are required, configure the system to
terminate them after a documented time period. For every temporary account, run the following command to set an expiration date on
it, substituting USER and YYYY-MM-DD
appropriately:
$ sudo chage -E YYYY-MM-DD USER
YYYY-MM-DD indicates the documented expiration date for the
account. For U.S. Government systems, the operating system must be
configured to automatically terminate these types of accounts after a
period of 72 hours. |
| Rationale | If temporary user accounts remain active when no longer needed or for
an excessive period, these accounts may be used to gain unauthorized access.
To mitigate this risk, automated termination of all temporary accounts
must be set upon account creation.
|
Set Password Maximum Age
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_accounts_maximum_age_login_defs |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-accounts_maximum_age_login_defs:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:25+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94670-7 References: 1, 12, 15, 16, 5, 5.6.2.1, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.03, DSS06.10, 3.5.6, 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.4, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, A.18.1.4, A.7.1.1, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, IA-5(f), IA-5(1)(d), CM-6(a), PR.AC-1, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7, Req-8.2.4, SRG-OS-000076-GPOS-00044, 0418, 1055, 1402, 8.3.9, 8.3 |
| Description | To specify password maximum age for new accounts,
edit the file /usr/etc/login.defs
and add or correct the following line:
PASS_MAX_DAYS 60
The profile requirement is 60. |
| Rationale | Any password, no matter how complex, can eventually be cracked. Therefore, passwords
need to be changed periodically. If the operating system does not limit the lifetime
of passwords and force users to change their passwords, there is the risk that the
operating system passwords could be compromised.
Setting the password maximum age ensures users are required to periodically change their passwords. Requiring shorter password lifetimes increases the risk of users writing down the password in a convenient location subject to physical compromise. |
Set Password Minimum Age
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_accounts_minimum_age_login_defs |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-accounts_minimum_age_login_defs:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:25+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94669-9 References: 1, 12, 15, 16, 5, 5.6.2.1.1, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.03, DSS06.10, 3.5.8, 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.4, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, A.18.1.4, A.7.1.1, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, IA-5(f), IA-5(1)(d), CM-6(a), PR.AC-1, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7, SRG-OS-000075-GPOS-00043, 0418, 1055, 1402 |
| Description | To specify password minimum age for new accounts,
edit the file /usr/etc/login.defs
and add or correct the following line:
PASS_MIN_DAYS 1
A value of 1 day is considered sufficient for many
environments.
The profile requirement is 1. |
| Rationale | Enforcing a minimum password lifetime helps to prevent repeated password
changes to defeat the password reuse or history enforcement requirement. If
users are allowed to immediately and continually change their password,
then the password could be repeatedly changed in a short period of time to
defeat the organization's policy regarding password reuse.
Setting the minimum password age protects against users cycling back to a favorite password after satisfying the password reuse requirement. |
Set Existing Passwords Maximum Age
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_accounts_password_set_max_life_existing |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-accounts_password_set_max_life_existing:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:25+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94662-4 References: IA-5(f), IA-5(1)(d), CM-6(a), SRG-OS-000076-GPOS-00044, 8.3.9, 8.3 |
| Description | Configure non-compliant accounts to enforce a 60-day maximum password lifetime
restriction by running the following command:
$ sudo passwd -x 60
USER
|
| Rationale | Any password, no matter how complex, can eventually be cracked. Therefore,
passwords need to be changed periodically. If the operating system does
not limit the lifetime of passwords and force users to change their
passwords, there is the risk that the operating system passwords could be
compromised. |
Set Existing Passwords Minimum Age
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_accounts_password_set_min_life_existing |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-accounts_password_set_min_life_existing:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:25+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94661-6 References: IA-5(f), IA-5(1)(d), CM-6(a), SRG-OS-000075-GPOS-00043 |
| Description | Configure non-compliant accounts to enforce a 24 hours/1 day minimum password
lifetime by running the following command:
$ sudo chage -m 1 USER
|
| Rationale | Enforcing a minimum password lifetime helps to prevent repeated password
changes to defeat the password reuse or history enforcement requirement. If
users are allowed to immediately and continually change their password, the
password could be repeatedly changed in a short period of time to defeat the
organization's policy regarding password reuse. |
Verify All Account Password Hashes are Shadowed with SHA512
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_accounts_password_all_shadowed_sha512 |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-accounts_password_all_shadowed_sha512:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:25+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94676-4 References: IA-5(1)(c), IA-5(1).1(v), IA-7, IA-7.1, SRG-OS-000073-GPOS-00041, SRG-OS-000120-GPOS-00061 |
| Description | Verify the operating system requires the shadow password suite
configuration be set to encrypt interactive user passwords using a strong
cryptographic hash.
Check that the interactive user account passwords are using a strong
password hash with the following command:
$ sudo cut -d: -f2 /etc/shadow $6$kcOnRq/5$NUEYPuyL.wghQwWssXRcLRFiiru7f5JPV6GaJhNC2aK5F3PZpE/BCCtwrxRc/AInKMNX3CdMw11m9STiql12f/Password hashes ! or * indicate inactive accounts not
available for logon and are not evaluated.
If any interactive user password hash does not begin with $6,
this is a finding. |
| Rationale | Passwords need to be protected at all times, and encryption is the standard method for
protecting passwords. If passwords are not encrypted, they can be plainly read
(i.e., clear text) and easily compromised. |
Prevent Login to Accounts With Empty Password
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_no_empty_passwords |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-no_empty_passwords:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:25+00:00 |
| Severity | high |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-95047-7 References: 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, 5.5.2, APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.02, DSS06.03, DSS06.10, 3.1.1, 3.1.5, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(B), 164.308(a)(7)(i), 164.308(a)(7)(ii)(A), 164.310(a)(1), 164.310(a)(2)(i), 164.310(a)(2)(ii), 164.310(a)(2)(iii), 164.310(b), 164.310(c), 164.310(d)(1), 164.310(d)(2)(iii), 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 5.2, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.18.1.4, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, IA-5(1)(a), IA-5(c), CM-6(a), PR.AC-1, PR.AC-4, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7, PR.DS-5, FIA_UAU.1, Req-8.2.3, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227, 1546, 8.3.1, 8.3 |
| Description | If an account is configured for password authentication
but does not have an assigned password, it may be possible to log
into the account without authentication. Remove any instances of the
nullok in
password authentication configurations in /etc/pam.d/
to prevent logins with empty passwords. |
| Rationale | If an account has an empty password, anyone could log in and
run commands with the privileges of that account. Accounts with
empty passwords should never be used in operational environments. |
| Warnings | warning
If the system relies on authselect tool to manage PAM settings, the remediation
will also use authselect tool. However, if any manual modification was made in
PAM files, the authselect integrity check will fail and the remediation will be
aborted in order to preserve intentional changes. In this case, an informative message will
be shown in the remediation report.
Note that this rule is not applicable for systems running within a
container. Having user with empty password within a container is not
considered a risk, because it should not be possible to directly login into
a container anyway. |
Ensure There Are No Accounts With Blank or Null Passwords
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_no_empty_passwords_etc_shadow |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-no_empty_passwords_etc_shadow:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:25+00:00 |
| Severity | high |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-95046-9 References: CM-6(b), CM-6.1(iv), SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227, 2.2.2, 2.2 |
| Description | Check the "/etc/shadow" file for blank passwords with the
following command:
$ sudo awk -F: '!$2 {print $1}' /etc/shadow
If the command returns any results, this is a finding.
Configure all accounts on the system to have a password or lock
the account with the following commands:
Perform a password reset:
$ sudo passwd [username]Lock an account: $ sudo passwd -l [username] |
| Rationale | If an account has an empty password, anyone could log in and
run commands with the privileges of that account. Accounts with
empty passwords should never be used in operational environments. |
| Warnings | warning
Note that this rule is not applicable for systems running within a container. Having user with empty password within a container is not considered a risk, because it should not be possible to directly login into a container anyway. |
Verify Only Root Has UID 0
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_accounts_no_uid_except_zero |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-accounts_no_uid_except_zero:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:25+00:00 |
| Severity | high |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-95041-0 References: 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.02, DSS06.03, DSS06.10, 3.1.1, 3.1.5, 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 5.2, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.18.1.4, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.2.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2, CIP-007-3 R5.2, CIP-007-3 R5.3.1, CIP-007-3 R5.3.2, CIP-007-3 R5.3.3, IA-2, AC-6(5), IA-4(b), PR.AC-1, PR.AC-4, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7, PR.DS-5, Req-8.5, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227, 1546, 8.2.1, 8.2 |
| Description | If any account other than root has a UID of 0, this misconfiguration should
be investigated and the accounts other than root should be removed or have
their UID changed.
If the account is associated with system commands or applications the UID should be changed to one greater than "0" but less than "1000." Otherwise assign a UID greater than "1000" that has not already been assigned. |
| Rationale | An account has root authority if it has a UID of 0. Multiple accounts
with a UID of 0 afford more opportunity for potential intruders to
guess a password for a privileged account. Proper configuration of
sudo is recommended to afford multiple system administrators
access to root privileges in an accountable manner. |
Ensure that System Accounts Do Not Run a Shell Upon Login
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_no_shelllogin_for_systemaccounts |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-no_shelllogin_for_systemaccounts:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:25+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-95039-4 References: 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, 7, 8, DSS01.03, DSS03.05, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.03, 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, SR 1.1, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 6.2, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, AC-6, CM-6(a), CM-6(b), CM-6.1(iv), DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, PR.AC-1, PR.AC-4, PR.AC-6, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227, 1491, 8.2.2, 8.2 |
| Description | Some accounts are not associated with a human user of the system, and exist to perform some
administrative functions. Should an attacker be able to log into these accounts, they should
not be granted access to a shell.
The login shell for each local account is stored in the last field of each line in /etc/passwd. System accounts are those user accounts with a user ID less than
1000. The user ID is stored in the third field. If any system account
other than root has a login shell, disable it with the command:
$ sudo usermod -s /sbin/nologin account
|
| Rationale | Ensuring shells are not given to system accounts upon login makes it more difficult for
attackers to make use of system accounts. |
| Warnings | warning
Do not perform the steps in this section on the root account. Doing so might cause the
system to become inaccessible. |
Ensure All Accounts on the System Have Unique User IDs
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_account_unique_id |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-account_unique_id:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:25+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94673-1 References: Req-8.1.1, SRG-OS-000104-GPOS-00051, SRG-OS-000121-GPOS-00062, 8.2.1, 8.2 |
| Description | Change user IDs (UIDs), or delete accounts, so each has a unique name. |
| Rationale | To assure accountability and prevent unauthenticated access, interactive users must be identified and authenticated to prevent potential misuse and compromise of the system. |
| Warnings | warning
Automatic remediation of this control is not available due to unique requirements of each
system. |
Ensure the Default Umask is Set Correctly in login.defs
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_accounts_umask_etc_login_defs |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-accounts_umask_etc_login_defs:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:26+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-95089-9 References: 11, 18, 3, 9, APO13.01, BAI03.01, BAI03.02, BAI03.03, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 7.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.1.1, A.14.2.1, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.14.2.5, A.6.1.5, CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2, AC-6(1), CM-6(a), PR.IP-1, PR.IP-2, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00228, R36 |
| Description | To ensure the default umask controlled by /usr/etc/login.defs is set properly,
add or correct the UMASK setting in /usr/etc/login.defs to read as follows:
UMASK 027
|
| Rationale | The umask value influences the permissions assigned to files when they are created.
A misconfigured umask value could result in files with excessive permissions that can be read and
written to by unauthorized users. |
Ensure Home Directories are Created for New Users
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_accounts_have_homedir_login_defs |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-accounts_have_homedir_login_defs:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:25+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-95044-4 References: SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 |
| Description | All local interactive user accounts, upon creation, should be assigned a home directory.
Configure the operating system to assign home directories to all new local interactive users by setting the CREATE_HOME
parameter in /usr/etc/login.defs to yes as follows:
CREATE_HOME yes |
| Rationale | If local interactive users are not assigned a valid home directory, there is no place
for the storage and control of files they should own. |
Ensure the Logon Failure Delay is Set Correctly in login.defs
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_accounts_logon_fail_delay |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-accounts_logon_fail_delay:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:25+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-95034-5 References: 11, 3, 9, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 7.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, AC-7(b), CM-6(a), PR.IP-1, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00226 |
| Description | To ensure the logon failure delay controlled by /usr/etc/login.defs is set properly,
add or correct the FAIL_DELAY setting in /usr/etc/login.defs to read as follows:
FAIL_DELAY 5
|
| Rationale | Increasing the time between a failed authentication attempt and re-prompting to
enter credentials helps to slow a single-threaded brute force attack. |
Limit the Number of Concurrent Login Sessions Allowed Per User
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_accounts_max_concurrent_login_sessions |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-accounts_max_concurrent_login_sessions:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:25+00:00 |
| Severity | low |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94644-2 References: 14, 15, 18, 9, 5.5.2.2, DSS01.05, DSS05.02, 4.3.3.4, SR 3.1, SR 3.8, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2, AC-10, CM-6(a), PR.AC-5, SRG-OS-000027-GPOS-00008 |
| Description | Limiting the number of allowed users and sessions per user can limit risks related to Denial of
Service attacks. This addresses concurrent sessions for a single account and does not address
concurrent sessions by a single user via multiple accounts. To set the number of concurrent
sessions per user add the following line in /etc/security/limits.conf or
a file under /etc/security/limits.d/:
* hard maxlogins 10
|
| Rationale | Limiting simultaneous user logins can insulate the system from denial of service
problems caused by excessive logins. Automated login processes operating improperly or
maliciously may result in an exceptional number of simultaneous login sessions. |
Set Interactive Session Timeout
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_accounts_tmout |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-accounts_tmout:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:25+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94645-9 References: 1, 12, 15, 16, DSS05.04, DSS05.10, DSS06.10, 3.1.11, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, A.18.1.4, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.4, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, CIP-004-6 R2.2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.2, CIP-007-3 R5.3.1, CIP-007-3 R5.3.2, CIP-007-3 R5.3.3, AC-12, SC-10, AC-2(5), CM-6(a), PR.AC-7, SRG-OS-000163-GPOS-00072, SRG-OS-000029-GPOS-00010, R32, 8.6.1, 8.6 |
| Description | Setting the TMOUT option in /etc/profile ensures that
all user sessions will terminate based on inactivity. A value of 0 (zero)
disables the automatic logout feature and is therefore not a compliant setting.
The value of TMOUT should be a positive integer, exported, and read only.
The TMOUT
setting in /etc/profile.d/autologout.sh should read as follows:
TMOUT=900
readonly TMOUT
export TMOUT |
| Rationale | Terminating an idle session within a short time period reduces
the window of opportunity for unauthorized personnel to take control of a
management session enabled on the console or console port that has been
left unattended. |
User Initialization Files Must Not Run World-Writable Programs
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_accounts_user_dot_no_world_writable_programs |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-accounts_user_dot_no_world_writable_programs:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:26+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-95061-8 References: SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 |
| Description | Set the mode on files being executed by the user initialization files with the
following command:
$ sudo chmod o-w FILE
|
| Rationale | If user start-up files execute world-writable programs, especially in
unprotected directories, they could be maliciously modified to destroy user
files or otherwise compromise the system at the user level. If the system is
compromised at the user level, it is easier to elevate privileges to eventually
compromise the system at the root and network level. |
Ensure that Users Path Contains Only Local Directories
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_accounts_user_home_paths_only |
| Result | notchecked |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:26+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-95060-0 References: SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 |
| Description | Ensure that all interactive user initialization files executable search
path statements do not contain statements that will reference a working
directory other than the users home directory. |
| Rationale | The executable search path (typically the PATH environment variable) contains a
list of directories for the shell to search to find executables. If this path
includes the current working directory (other than the users home directory),
executables in these directories may be executed instead of system commands.
This variable is formatted as a colon-separated list of directories. If there is
an empty entry, such as a leading or trailing colon or two consecutive colons,
this is interpreted as the current working directory. If deviations from the
default system search path for the local interactive user are required, they
must be documented with the Information System Security Officer (ISSO). |
All Interactive Users Must Have A Home Directory Defined
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_accounts_user_interactive_home_directory_defined |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-accounts_user_interactive_home_directory_defined:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:26+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-95055-0 References: SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 |
| Description | Assign home directories to all interactive users that currently do not
have a home directory assigned.
This rule checks if the home directory is properly defined in a folder which has
at least one parent folder, like "user" in "/home/user" or "/remote/users/user".
Therefore, this rule will report a finding for home directories like /users,
/tmp or /. |
| Rationale | If local interactive users are not assigned a valid home directory, there is no
place for the storage and control of files they should own. |
All Interactive Users Home Directories Must Exist
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_accounts_user_interactive_home_directory_exists |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-accounts_user_interactive_home_directory_exists:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:26+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-95056-8 References: SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 |
| Description | Create home directories to all local interactive users that currently do not
have a home directory assigned. Use the following commands to create the user
home directory assigned in /etc/passwd:
$ sudo mkdir /home/USER
|
| Rationale | If a local interactive user has a home directory defined that does not exist,
the user may be given access to the / directory as the current working directory
upon logon. This could create a Denial of Service because the user would not be
able to access their logon configuration files, and it may give them visibility
to system files they normally would not be able to access. |
All Interactive User Home Directories Must Be Group-Owned By The Primary Group
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_groupownership_home_directories |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-file_groupownership_home_directories:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:26+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-95058-4 References: SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 |
| Description | Change the group owner of interactive users home directory to the
group found in /etc/passwd. To change the group owner of
interactive users home directory, use the following command:
$ sudo chgrp USER_GROUP /home/USER
This rule ensures every home directory related to an interactive user is
group-owned by an interactive user. It also ensures that interactive users
are group-owners of one and only one home directory. |
| Rationale | If the Group Identifier (GID) of a local interactive users home directory is
not the same as the primary GID of the user, this would allow unauthorized
access to the users files, and users that share the same group may not be
able to access files that they legitimately should. |
| Warnings | warning
Due to OVAL limitation, this rule can report a false negative in a
specific situation where two interactive users swap the group-ownership
of their respective home directories. |
Enable systemd-journal-upload Service
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_service_systemd-journal-upload_enabled |
| Result | notapplicable |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:26+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94735-8 References: SRG-OS-000479-GPOS-00224 |
| Description | The systemd-journal-upload service is part of the systemd-journal-remote package
and enables centralized logging by uploading local systemd journal entries to a remote log
server via HTTPS. This service acts as a client that pushes journal data to a remote host
running the systemd-journal-remote receiver service.
The systemd-journal-upload service can be enabled with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl enable systemd-journal-upload.service |
| Rationale | Centralized logging through systemd-journal-upload is essential for security monitoring,
incident response, and compliance requirements. Storing log data on a remote host protects log
integrity from local attacks. If an attacker gains root access on the local system, they could
tamper with or remove log data stored locally to hide their activities. Remote logging ensures
that audit trails remain intact even if the local system is compromised. Additionally,
centralized logs facilitate correlation of events across multiple systems, enabling better
detection of distributed attacks and security incidents. |
| Warnings | warning
The systemd-journal-upload service will fail to start if the remote server URL is not configured.
Edit /etc/systemd/journal-upload.conf to configure the remote server URL. |
Verify firewalld Enabled
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_service_firewalld_enabled |
| Result | notapplicable |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:26+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94672-3 References: 11, 3, 9, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, 3.1.3, 3.4.7, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 7.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, CIP-003-8 R4, CIP-003-8 R5, CIP-004-6 R3, AC-4, CM-7(b), CA-3(5), SC-7(21), CM-6(a), PR.IP-1, FMT_SMF_EXT.1, SRG-OS-000096-GPOS-00050, SRG-OS-000297-GPOS-00115, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00231, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00232, SYS.1.6.A5, SYS.1.6.A21, 1409, 1.2.1, 1.2 |
| Description |
The firewalld service can be enabled with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl enable firewalld.service |
| Rationale | Access control methods provide the ability to enhance system security posture
by restricting services and known good IP addresses and address ranges. This
prevents connections from unknown hosts and protocols. |
Disable Accepting ICMP Redirects for All IPv6 Interfaces
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv6_conf_all_accept_redirects |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-sysctl_net_ipv6_conf_all_accept_redirects:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:26+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-95079-0 References: 11, 14, 3, 9, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS06.06, 3.1.20, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.9.1.2, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), CM-6(b), CM-6.1(iv), PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227, R13 |
| Description | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv6.conf.all.accept_redirects kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv6.conf.all.accept_redirects=0To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d: net.ipv6.conf.all.accept_redirects = 0 |
| Rationale | An illicit ICMP redirect message could result in a man-in-the-middle attack. |
Disable Kernel Parameter for Accepting Source-Routed Packets on all IPv6 Interfaces
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv6_conf_all_accept_source_route |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-sysctl_net_ipv6_conf_all_accept_source_route:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:26+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-95074-1 References: 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 4, 6, 8, 9, APO01.06, APO13.01, DSS01.05, DSS03.01, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, 3.1.20, 4.2.3.4, 4.3.3.4, 4.4.3.3, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.1, A.12.1.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.2, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.2, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), DE.AE-1, ID.AM-3, PR.AC-5, PR.DS-5, PR.PT-4, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227, R13 |
| Description | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv6.conf.all.accept_source_route kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv6.conf.all.accept_source_route=0To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d: net.ipv6.conf.all.accept_source_route = 0 |
| Rationale | Source-routed packets allow the source of the packet to suggest routers
forward the packet along a different path than configured on the router, which can
be used to bypass network security measures. This requirement applies only to the
forwarding of source-routerd traffic, such as when IPv6 forwarding is enabled and
the system is functioning as a router.
Accepting source-routed packets in the IPv6 protocol has few legitimate uses. It should be disabled unless it is absolutely required. |
Disable Kernel Parameter for IPv6 Forwarding
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv6_conf_all_forwarding |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-sysctl_net_ipv6_conf_all_forwarding:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:26+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-95084-0 References: 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 2, 3, 7, 8, 9, APO13.01, BAI04.04, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.03, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.06, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, SR 7.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.1.3, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.17.2.1, A.9.1.2, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), CM-6(b), CM-6.1(iv), DE.CM-1, PR.DS-4, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 |
| Description | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv6.conf.all.forwarding kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv6.conf.all.forwarding=0To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d: net.ipv6.conf.all.forwarding = 0 |
| Rationale | IP forwarding permits the kernel to forward packets from one network
interface to another. The ability to forward packets between two networks is
only appropriate for systems acting as routers. |
Disable Kernel Parameter for Accepting ICMP Redirects by Default on IPv6 Interfaces
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv6_conf_default_accept_redirects |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-sysctl_net_ipv6_conf_default_accept_redirects:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:27+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-95080-8 References: 11, 14, 3, 9, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS06.06, 3.1.20, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.9.1.2, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227, R13 |
| Description | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv6.conf.default.accept_redirects kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv6.conf.default.accept_redirects=0To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d: net.ipv6.conf.default.accept_redirects = 0 |
| Rationale | An illicit ICMP redirect message could result in a man-in-the-middle attack. |
Disable Kernel Parameter for Accepting Source-Routed Packets on IPv6 Interfaces by Default
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv6_conf_default_accept_source_route |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-sysctl_net_ipv6_conf_default_accept_source_route:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:27+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-95076-6 References: 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 4, 6, 8, 9, APO01.06, APO13.01, DSS01.05, DSS03.01, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, 3.1.20, 4.2.3.4, 4.3.3.4, 4.4.3.3, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.1, A.12.1.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.2, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.2, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), CM-6(b), CM-6.1(iv), DE.AE-1, ID.AM-3, PR.AC-5, PR.DS-5, PR.PT-4, Req-1.4.3, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227, R13, 1.4.2, 1.4 |
| Description | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv6.conf.default.accept_source_route kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv6.conf.default.accept_source_route=0To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d: net.ipv6.conf.default.accept_source_route = 0 |
| Rationale | Source-routed packets allow the source of the packet to suggest routers
forward the packet along a different path than configured on the router, which can
be used to bypass network security measures. This requirement applies only to the
forwarding of source-routerd traffic, such as when IPv6 forwarding is enabled and
the system is functioning as a router.
Accepting source-routed packets in the IPv6 protocol has few legitimate
uses. It should be disabled unless it is absolutely required. |
Disable Kernel Parameter for IPv6 Forwarding by default
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv6_conf_default_forwarding |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-sysctl_net_ipv6_conf_default_forwarding:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:27+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-95085-7 References: CM-6(b), CM-6.1(iv), SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 |
| Description | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv6.conf.default.forwarding kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv6.conf.default.forwarding=0To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d: net.ipv6.conf.default.forwarding = 0 |
| Rationale | IP forwarding permits the kernel to forward packets from one network
interface to another. The ability to forward packets between two networks is
only appropriate for systems acting as routers. |
Disable Accepting ICMP Redirects for All IPv4 Interfaces
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_accept_redirects |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_accept_redirects:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:27+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-95077-4 References: 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 2, 3, 7, 8, 9, 5.10.1.1, APO13.01, BAI04.04, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.03, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.06, 3.1.20, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, SR 7.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.1.3, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.17.2.1, A.9.1.2, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), SC-7(a), DE.CM-1, PR.DS-4, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227, R12 |
| Description | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_redirects kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_redirects=0To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d: net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_redirects = 0 |
| Rationale | ICMP redirect messages are used by routers to inform hosts that a more
direct route exists for a particular destination. These messages modify the
host's route table and are unauthenticated. An illicit ICMP redirect
message could result in a man-in-the-middle attack.
This feature of the IPv4 protocol has few legitimate uses. It should be disabled unless absolutely required." |
Disable Kernel Parameter for Accepting Source-Routed Packets on all IPv4 Interfaces
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_accept_source_route |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_accept_source_route:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:27+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-95073-3 References: 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, APO01.06, APO13.01, BAI04.04, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.03, DSS01.05, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.06, 3.1.20, 4.2.3.4, 4.3.3.4, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, 4.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, SR 7.6, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.1, A.12.1.2, A.12.1.3, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.2, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.2, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.17.2.1, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CIP-007-3 R4, CIP-007-3 R4.1, CIP-007-3 R4.2, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), SC-5, CM-6(a), SC-7(a), DE.AE-1, DE.CM-1, ID.AM-3, PR.AC-5, PR.DS-4, PR.DS-5, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, PR.PT-4, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227, R12 |
| Description | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_source_route kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_source_route=0To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d: net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_source_route = 0 |
| Rationale | Source-routed packets allow the source of the packet to suggest routers
forward the packet along a different path than configured on the router,
which can be used to bypass network security measures. This requirement
applies only to the forwarding of source-routerd traffic, such as when IPv4
forwarding is enabled and the system is functioning as a router.
Accepting source-routed packets in the IPv4 protocol has few legitimate uses. It should be disabled unless it is absolutely required. |
Disable Kernel Parameter for Accepting ICMP Redirects by Default on IPv4 Interfaces
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_accept_redirects |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_accept_redirects:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:27+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-95078-2 References: 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, 5.10.1.1, APO01.06, APO13.01, BAI04.04, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.03, DSS01.05, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.06, 3.1.20, 4.2.3.4, 4.3.3.4, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, 4.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, SR 7.6, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.1, A.12.1.2, A.12.1.3, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.2, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.2, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.17.2.1, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), SC-7(a), DE.AE-1, DE.CM-1, ID.AM-3, PR.AC-5, PR.DS-4, PR.DS-5, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, PR.PT-4, Req-1.4.3, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227, R12, 1.4.3, 1.4 |
| Description | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.default.accept_redirects kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.default.accept_redirects=0To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d: net.ipv4.conf.default.accept_redirects = 0 |
| Rationale | ICMP redirect messages are used by routers to inform hosts that a more
direct route exists for a particular destination. These messages modify the
host's route table and are unauthenticated. An illicit ICMP redirect
message could result in a man-in-the-middle attack.
This feature of the IPv4 protocol has few legitimate uses. It should be disabled unless absolutely required. |
Disable Kernel Parameter for Accepting Source-Routed Packets on IPv4 Interfaces by Default
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_accept_source_route |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_accept_source_route:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:27+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-95075-8 References: 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, 5.10.1.1, APO01.06, APO13.01, BAI04.04, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.03, DSS01.05, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.06, 3.1.20, 4.2.3.4, 4.3.3.4, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, 4.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, SR 7.6, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.1, A.12.1.2, A.12.1.3, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.2, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.2, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.17.2.1, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CIP-007-3 R4, CIP-007-3 R4.1, CIP-007-3 R4.2, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), SC-5, SC-7(a), DE.AE-1, DE.CM-1, ID.AM-3, PR.AC-5, PR.DS-4, PR.DS-5, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, PR.PT-4, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227, R12 |
| Description | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.default.accept_source_route kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.default.accept_source_route=0To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d: net.ipv4.conf.default.accept_source_route = 0 |
| Rationale | Source-routed packets allow the source of the packet to suggest routers
forward the packet along a different path than configured on the router,
which can be used to bypass network security measures.
Accepting source-routed packets in the IPv4 protocol has few legitimate uses. It should be disabled unless it is absolutely required, such as when IPv4 forwarding is enabled and the system is legitimately functioning as a router. |
Disable Kernel Parameter for Sending ICMP Redirects on all IPv4 Interfaces
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_send_redirects |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_send_redirects:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:27+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-95082-4 References: 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, 5.10.1.1, APO01.06, APO13.01, BAI04.04, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.03, DSS01.05, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.06, 3.1.20, 4.2.3.4, 4.3.3.4, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, 4.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, SR 7.6, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.1, A.12.1.2, A.12.1.3, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.2, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.2, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.17.2.1, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CIP-007-3 R4, CIP-007-3 R4.1, CIP-007-3 R4.2, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), SC-5, CM-6(a), SC-7(a), DE.AE-1, DE.CM-1, ID.AM-3, PR.AC-5, PR.DS-4, PR.DS-5, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, PR.PT-4, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227, R12, 1.4.5, 1.4 |
| Description | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.all.send_redirects kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.all.send_redirects=0To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d: net.ipv4.conf.all.send_redirects = 0 |
| Rationale | ICMP redirect messages are used by routers to inform hosts that a more
direct route exists for a particular destination. These messages contain information
from the system's route table possibly revealing portions of the network topology.
The ability to send ICMP redirects is only appropriate for systems acting as routers. |
Disable Kernel Parameter for Sending ICMP Redirects on all IPv4 Interfaces by Default
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_send_redirects |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_send_redirects:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:27+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-95081-6 References: 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, 5.10.1.1, APO01.06, APO13.01, BAI04.04, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.03, DSS01.05, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.06, 3.1.20, 4.2.3.4, 4.3.3.4, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, 4.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, SR 7.6, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.1, A.12.1.2, A.12.1.3, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.2, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.2, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.17.2.1, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CIP-007-3 R4, CIP-007-3 R4.1, CIP-007-3 R4.2, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), SC-5, CM-6(a), SC-7(a), DE.AE-1, DE.CM-1, ID.AM-3, PR.AC-5, PR.DS-4, PR.DS-5, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, PR.PT-4, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227, R12, 1.4.5, 1.4 |
| Description | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.default.send_redirects kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.default.send_redirects=0To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d: net.ipv4.conf.default.send_redirects = 0 |
| Rationale | ICMP redirect messages are used by routers to inform hosts that a more
direct route exists for a particular destination. These messages contain information
from the system's route table possibly revealing portions of the network topology.
The ability to send ICMP redirects is only appropriate for systems acting as routers. |
Deactivate Wireless Network Interfaces
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_wireless_disable_interfaces |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-wireless_disable_interfaces:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:27+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94703-6 References: 11, 12, 14, 15, 3, 8, 9, APO13.01, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.04, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.05, DSS06.06, 3.1.16, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, A.9.1.2, AC-18(a), AC-18(3), CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), MP-7, PR.AC-3, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, PR.PT-4, Req-1.3.3, SRG-OS-000299-GPOS-00117, SRG-OS-000300-GPOS-00118, SRG-OS-000424-GPOS-00188, SRG-OS-000481-GPOS-00481, 1315, 1319, 1.3.3, 1.3 |
| Description | Deactivating wireless network interfaces should prevent normal usage of the wireless
capability.
Configure the system to disable all wireless network interfaces with the following command: $ sudo nmcli radio all off |
| Rationale | The use of wireless networking can introduce many different attack vectors into
the organization's network. Common attack vectors such as malicious association
and ad hoc networks will allow an attacker to spoof a wireless access point
(AP), allowing validated systems to connect to the malicious AP and enabling the
attacker to monitor and record network traffic. These malicious APs can also
serve to create a man-in-the-middle attack or be used to create a denial of
service to valid network resources. |
Ensure System is Not Acting as a Network Sniffer
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_network_sniffer_disabled |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-network_sniffer_disabled:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:26+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-95086-5 References: 1, 11, 14, 3, 9, APO11.06, APO12.06, BAI03.10, BAI09.01, BAI09.02, BAI09.03, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.05, DSS04.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS06.06, 4.2.3.4, 4.3.3.3.7, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, 4.4.3.4, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6, SR 7.8, A.11.1.2, A.11.2.4, A.11.2.5, A.11.2.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.16.1.6, A.8.1.1, A.8.1.2, A.9.1.2, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), CM-7(2), MA-3, DE.DP-5, ID.AM-1, PR.IP-1, PR.MA-1, PR.PT-3, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227, 1409, 1.4.5, 1.4 |
| Description | The system should not be acting as a network sniffer, which can
capture all traffic on the network to which it is connected. Run the following
to determine if any interface is running in promiscuous mode:
$ ip link | grep PROMISCPromiscuous mode of an interface can be disabled with the following command: $ sudo ip link set dev
|
| Rationale | Network interfaces in promiscuous mode allow for the capture of all network traffic
visible to the system. If unauthorized individuals can access these applications, it
may allow them to collect information such as logon IDs, passwords, and key exchanges
between systems.
If the system is being used to perform a network troubleshooting function, the use of these tools must be documented with the Information Systems Security Manager (ISSM) and restricted to only authorized personnel. |
Verify Permissions and Ownership of Old Passwords File
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_etc_security_opasswd |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-file_etc_security_opasswd:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:36+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94663-2 References: SRG-OS-000077-GPOS-00045 |
| Description | To properly set the owner of /etc/security/opasswd, run the command:
$ sudo chown root /etc/security/opasswdTo properly set the group owner of /etc/security/opasswd, run the command:
$ sudo chgrp root /etc/security/opasswdTo properly set the permissions of /etc/security/opasswd, run the command: $ sudo chmod 0600 /etc/security/opasswd |
| Rationale | The /etc/security/opasswd file stores old passwords to prevent
password reuse. Protection of this file is critical for system security. |
Verify that Shared Library Directories Have Root Group Ownership
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_dir_group_ownership_library_dirs |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-dir_group_ownership_library_dirs:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:36+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94695-4 References: CM-5(6), CM-5(6).1, SRG-OS-000259-GPOS-00100 |
| Description | System-wide shared library files, which are linked to executables
during process load time or run time, are stored in the following directories
by default:
/lib /lib64 /usr/lib /usr/lib64Kernel modules, which can be added to the kernel during runtime, are also stored in /lib/modules. All files in these directories should be
group-owned by the root user. If the directories, is found to be owned
by a user other than root correct its
ownership with the following command:
$ sudo chgrp root DIR
|
| Rationale | Files from shared library directories are loaded into the address
space of processes (including privileged ones) or of the kernel itself at
runtime. Proper ownership of library directories is necessary to protect
the integrity of the system. |
Verify that Shared Library Directories Have Root Ownership
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_dir_ownership_library_dirs |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-dir_ownership_library_dirs:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:37+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94693-9 References: CM-5(6), CM-5(6).1, SRG-OS-000259-GPOS-00100 |
| Description | System-wide shared library files, which are linked to executables
during process load time or run time, are stored in the following directories
by default:
/lib /lib64 /usr/lib /usr/lib64Kernel modules, which can be added to the kernel during runtime, are also stored in /lib/modules. All files in these directories should be
owned by the root user. If the directories, is found to be owned
by a user other than root correct its
ownership with the following command:
$ sudo chown root DIR
|
| Rationale | Files from shared library directories are loaded into the address
space of processes (including privileged ones) or of the kernel itself at
runtime. Proper ownership of library directories is necessary to protect
the integrity of the system. |
Verify that system commands files are group owned by root or a system account
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_groupownership_system_commands_dirs |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-file_groupownership_system_commands_dirs:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:38+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94699-6 References: CM-5(6), CM-5(6).1, SRG-OS-000259-GPOS-00100, R50 |
| Description | System commands files are stored in the following directories by default:
/bin /sbin /usr/bin /usr/sbin /usr/local/bin /usr/local/sbinAll files in these directories should be owned by the root group,
or a system account.
If the directory, or any file in these directories, is found to be owned
by a group other than root or a a system account correct its ownership
with the following command:
$ sudo chgrp root FILE
|
| Rationale | If the operating system allows any user to make changes to software
libraries, then those changes might be implemented without undergoing the
appropriate testing and approvals that are part of a robust change management
process.
This requirement applies to operating systems with software libraries
that are accessible and configurable, as in the case of interpreted languages.
Software libraries also include privileged programs which execute with
escalated privileges. Only qualified and authorized individuals must be
allowed to obtain access to information system components for purposes
of initiating changes, including upgrades and modifications. |
Verify that System Executables Have Root Ownership
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_ownership_binary_dirs |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-file_ownership_binary_dirs:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:38+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94697-0 References: 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, 4.3.3.7.3, SR 2.1, SR 5.2, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2, CM-5(6), CM-5(6).1, CM-6(a), AC-6(1), PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5, SRG-OS-000259-GPOS-00100, R50, 1409 |
| Description | System executables are stored in the following directories by default:
/bin /sbin /usr/bin /usr/libexec /usr/local/bin /usr/local/sbin /usr/sbinAll files in these directories should be owned by the root user.
If any file FILE in these directories is found
to be owned by a user other than root, correct its ownership with the
following command:
$ sudo chown root FILE
|
| Rationale | System binaries are executed by privileged users as well as system services,
and restrictive permissions are necessary to ensure that their
execution of these programs cannot be co-opted. |
Verify that Shared Library Files Have Root Ownership
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_ownership_library_dirs |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-file_ownership_library_dirs:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:40+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94692-1 References: 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, 4.3.3.7.3, SR 2.1, SR 5.2, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2, CM-5(6), CM-5(6).1, CM-6(a), AC-6(1), PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5, SRG-OS-000259-GPOS-00100, 1409 |
| Description | System-wide shared library files, which are linked to executables
during process load time or run time, are stored in the following directories
by default:
/lib /lib64 /usr/lib /usr/lib64Kernel modules, which can be added to the kernel during runtime, are also stored in /lib/modules. All files in these directories should be
owned by the root user. If the directory, or any file in these
directories, is found to be owned by a user other than root correct its
ownership with the following command:
$ sudo chown root FILE
|
| Rationale | Files from shared library directories are loaded into the address
space of processes (including privileged ones) or of the kernel itself at
runtime. Proper ownership is necessary to protect the integrity of the system. |
Verify that All World-Writable Directories Have Sticky Bits Set
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_dir_perms_world_writable_sticky_bits |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-dir_perms_world_writable_sticky_bits:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:28+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94682-2 References: 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, 4.3.3.7.3, SR 2.1, SR 5.2, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2, CM-6(a), AC-6(1), PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5, SRG-OS-000138-GPOS-00069, R54, 1409, 2.2.6, 2.2 |
| Description | When the so-called 'sticky bit' is set on a directory, only the owner of a given file may
remove that file from the directory. Without the sticky bit, any user with write access to a
directory may remove any file in the directory. Setting the sticky bit prevents users from
removing each other's files. In cases where there is no reason for a directory to be
world-writable, a better solution is to remove that permission rather than to set the sticky
bit. However, if a directory is used by a particular application, consult that application's
documentation instead of blindly changing modes.
To set the sticky bit on a world-writable directory DIR, run the following command: $ sudo chmod +t DIR
|
| Rationale | Failing to set the sticky bit on public directories allows unauthorized users to delete files
in the directory structure.
The only authorized public directories are those temporary directories supplied with the system, or those designed to be temporary file repositories. The setting is normally reserved for directories used by the system, by users for temporary file storage (such as /tmp),
and for directories requiring global read/write access. |
| Warnings | warning
This rule can take a long time to perform the check and might consume a considerable
amount of resources depending on the number of directories present on the system. It is
not a problem in most cases, but especially systems with a large number of directories can
be affected. See https://access.redhat.com/articles/6999111.warning
Please note that there might be cases where the rule remediation cannot fix directory permissions.
This can happen for example when running on a system with some immutable parts.
These immutable parts cannot be remediated because they are read-only.
Example of such directories can be OStree deployments located at /sysroot/ostree/deploy.
In such case, it is needed to make modifications to the underlying ostree snapshot and this is out of scope of regular rule remediation. |
Ensure All World-Writable Directories Are Group Owned by a System Account
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_dir_perms_world_writable_system_owned_group |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-dir_perms_world_writable_system_owned_group:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:29+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-95064-2 References: 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, 4.3.3.7.3, SR 2.1, SR 5.2, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-6(a), AC-6(1), PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 |
| Description | All directories in local partitions which are
world-writable should be group owned by root or another
system account. If any world-writable directories are not
group owned by a system account, this should be investigated.
Following this, the files should be deleted or assigned to an
appropriate group. |
| Rationale | Allowing a user account to group own a world-writable directory is
undesirable because it allows the owner of that directory to remove
or replace any files that may be placed in the directory by other
users. |
Verify that system commands directories have root as a group owner
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_dir_system_commands_group_root_owned |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-dir_system_commands_group_root_owned:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:29+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94700-2 References: CM-5(6), CM-5(6).1, SRG-OS-000259-GPOS-00100, R50 |
| Description | System commands are stored in the following directories:
by default:
/bin /sbin /usr/bin /usr/sbin /usr/local/bin /usr/local/sbinAll these directories should have root user as a group owner.
If any system command directory is not group owned by a user other than root
correct its ownership with the following command:
$ sudo chgrp root DIR
|
| Rationale | If the operating system were to allow any user to make changes to
software libraries, then those changes might be implemented without
undergoing the appropriate testing and approvals that are part of a
robust change management process.
This requirement applies to operating systems with software libraries
that are accessible and configurable, as in the case of interpreted languages.
Software libraries also include privileged programs which execute with escalated
privileges. Only qualified and authorized individuals must be allowed to obtain
access to information system components for purposes of initiating changes,
including upgrades and modifications. |
Verify that system commands directories have root ownership
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_dir_system_commands_root_owned |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-dir_system_commands_root_owned:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:29+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94698-8 References: CM-5(6), CM-5(6).1, SRG-OS-000259-GPOS-00100, R50 |
| Description | System commands are stored in the following directories by default:
/bin /sbin /usr/bin /usr/sbin /usr/local/bin /usr/local/sbinAll these directories should be owned by the root user.
If any system command directory is not owned by a user other than root
correct its ownership with the following command:
$ sudo chown root DIR
|
| Rationale | If the operating system were to allow any user to make changes to
software libraries, then those changes might be implemented without
undergoing the appropriate testing and approvals that are part of a
robust change management process.
This requirement applies to operating systems with software libraries
that are accessible and configurable, as in the case of interpreted languages.
Software libraries also include privileged programs which execute with escalated
privileges. Only qualified and authorized individuals must be allowed to obtain
access to information system components for purposes of initiating changes,
including upgrades and modifications. |
Ensure All Files Are Owned by a User
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_no_files_unowned_by_user |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-no_files_unowned_by_user:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:36+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-95087-3 References: 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, 9, APO01.06, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.03, DSS06.06, 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 5.2, SR 7.6, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-6(a), AC-6(1), PR.AC-4, PR.AC-6, PR.DS-5, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227, R53, 2.2.6, 2.2 |
| Description | If any files are not owned by a user, then the cause of their lack of ownership should be
investigated. Following this, the files should be deleted or assigned to an appropriate user.
Locate the mount points related to local devices by the following command:
$ findmnt -n -l -k -it $(awk '/nodev/ { print $2 }' /proc/filesystems | paste -sd,)
For all mount points listed by the previous command, it is necessary to search for files which
do not belong to a valid user using the following command:
$ sudo find MOUNTPOINT -xdev -nouser 2>/dev/null |
| Rationale | Unowned files do not directly imply a security problem, but they are generally a sign that
something is amiss. They may be caused by an intruder, by incorrect software installation or
draft software removal, or by failure to remove all files belonging to a deleted account, or
other similar cases. The files should be repaired so they will not cause problems when
accounts are created in the future, and the cause should be discovered and addressed. |
| Warnings | warning
For this rule to evaluate centralized user accounts, getent must be working properly
so that running the command getent passwdreturns a list of all users in your organization. If using the System Security Services Daemon (SSSD), enumerate = truemust be configured in your organization's domain to return a complete list of users warning
This rule can take a long time to perform the check and might consume a considerable
amount of resources depending on the number of files present on the system. It is not a
problem in most cases, but especially systems with a large number of files can be affected.
See https://access.redhat.com/articles/6999111. |
Disable Modprobe Loading of USB Storage Driver
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_kernel_module_usb-storage_disabled |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-kernel_module_usb-storage_disabled:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:46+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94722-6 References: 1, 12, 15, 16, 5, APO13.01, DSS01.04, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.03, DSS06.10, 3.1.21, 164.308(a)(3)(i), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.310(d)(1), 164.310(d)(2), 164.312(a)(1), 164.312(a)(2)(iv), 164.312(b), 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.4, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.6, A.11.2.6, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.18.1.4, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, A.7.1.1, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), MP-7, PR.AC-1, PR.AC-3, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7, SRG-OS-000114-GPOS-00059, SRG-OS-000378-GPOS-00163, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227, SRG-APP-000141-CTR-000315, 3.4.2, 3.4 |
| Description | To prevent USB storage devices from being used, configure the kernel module loading system
to prevent automatic loading of the USB storage driver.
To configure the system to prevent the usb-storage
kernel module from being loaded, add the following line to the file /etc/modprobe.d/usb-storage.conf:
install usb-storage /bin/falseThis entry will cause a non-zero return value during a usb-storage module installation
and additionally convey the meaning of the entry to the user in form of an error message.
If you would like to omit a non-zero return value and an error message, you may want to add a different line instead
(both /bin/true and /bin/false are allowed by OVAL and will be accepted by the scan):
install usb-storage /bin/trueThis will prevent the modprobe program from loading the usb-storage
module, but will not prevent an administrator (or another program) from using the
insmod program to load the module manually. |
| Rationale | USB storage devices such as thumb drives can be used to introduce
malicious software. |
Add nosuid Option to Removable Media Partitions
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_mount_option_nosuid_removable_partitions |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-mount_option_nosuid_removable_partitions:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:46+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-95063-4 References: 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, 8, 9, APO01.06, APO13.01, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.04, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.06, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.03, DSS06.06, 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 5.2, SR 7.6, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.11.2.6, A.11.2.9, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.6.1.2, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.8.3.1, A.8.3.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), AC-6, AC-6(1), MP-7, PR.AC-3, PR.AC-4, PR.AC-6, PR.DS-5, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-2, PR.PT-3, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 |
| Description | The nosuid mount option prevents set-user-identifier (SUID)
and set-group-identifier (SGID) permissions from taking effect. These permissions
allow users to execute binaries with the same permissions as the owner and group
of the file respectively. Users should not be allowed to introduce SUID and SGID
files into the system via partitions mounted from removable media.
Add the nosuid option to the fourth column of
/etc/fstab for the line which controls mounting of
any removable media partitions. |
| Rationale | The presence of SUID and SGID executables should be tightly controlled. Allowing
users to introduce SUID or SGID binaries from partitions mounted off of
removable media would allow them to introduce their own highly-privileged programs. |
Restrict Exposed Kernel Pointer Addresses Access
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_kernel_kptr_restrict |
| Result | fail |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-sysctl_kernel_kptr_restrict:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:46+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94727-5 References: CIP-002-5 R1.1, CIP-002-5 R1.2, CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 4.1, CIP-004-6 4.2, CIP-004-6 R2.2.3, CIP-004-6 R2.2.4, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-004-6 R4, CIP-005-6 R1, CIP-005-6 R1.1, CIP-005-6 R1.2, CIP-007-3 R3, CIP-007-3 R3.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2, CIP-007-3 R5.1.3, CIP-007-3 R5.2.1, CIP-007-3 R5.2.3, CIP-007-3 R8.4, CIP-009-6 R.1.1, CIP-009-6 R4, SC-30, SC-30(2), SC-30(5), CM-6(a), FMT_SMF_EXT.1, SRG-OS-000132-GPOS-00067, SRG-OS-000433-GPOS-00192, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227, R9, 1409 |
| Description | To set the runtime status of the kernel.kptr_restrict kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w kernel.kptr_restrict=2
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d: kernel.kptr_restrict = 2
|
| Rationale | Exposing kernel pointers (through procfs or seq_printf()) exposes kernel
writeable structures which may contain functions pointers. If a write vulnerability
occurs in the kernel, allowing write access to any of this structure, the kernel can
be compromised. This option disallow any program without the CAP_SYSLOG capability
to get the addresses of kernel pointers by replacing them with 0. |
Enable Randomized Layout of Virtual Address Space
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_kernel_randomize_va_space |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-sysctl_kernel_randomize_va_space:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:46+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94728-3 References: 3.1.7, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3), 164.308(a)(4), 164.310(b), 164.310(c), 164.312(a), 164.312(e), CIP-002-5 R1.1, CIP-002-5 R1.2, CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 4.1, CIP-004-6 4.2, CIP-004-6 R2.2.3, CIP-004-6 R2.2.4, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-004-6 R4, CIP-005-6 R1, CIP-005-6 R1.1, CIP-005-6 R1.2, CIP-007-3 R3, CIP-007-3 R3.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2, CIP-007-3 R5.1.3, CIP-007-3 R5.2.1, CIP-007-3 R5.2.3, CIP-007-3 R8.4, CIP-009-6 R.1.1, CIP-009-6 R4, SC-30, SC-30(2), CM-6(a), Req-2.2.1, SRG-OS-000433-GPOS-00193, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227, SRG-APP-000450-CTR-001105, R9, 1409, 3.3.1.1, 3.3.1, 3.3 |
| Description | To set the runtime status of the kernel.randomize_va_space kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w kernel.randomize_va_space=2To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d: kernel.randomize_va_space = 2 |
| Rationale | Address space layout randomization (ASLR) makes it more difficult for an
attacker to predict the location of attack code they have introduced into a
process's address space during an attempt at exploitation. Additionally,
ASLR makes it more difficult for an attacker to know the location of
existing code in order to re-purpose it using return oriented programming
(ROP) techniques. |
Restrict Access to Kernel Message Buffer
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_kernel_dmesg_restrict |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-sysctl_kernel_dmesg_restrict:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:46+00:00 |
| Severity | low |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94683-0 References: 3.1.5, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3), 164.308(a)(4), 164.310(b), 164.310(c), 164.312(a), 164.312(e), SI-11(a), SI-11(b), FMT_SMF_EXT.1, SRG-OS-000132-GPOS-00067, SRG-OS-000138-GPOS-00069, SRG-APP-000243-CTR-000600, R9, 1546 |
| Description | To set the runtime status of the kernel.dmesg_restrict kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w kernel.dmesg_restrict=1To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d: kernel.dmesg_restrict = 1 |
| Rationale | Unprivileged access to the kernel syslog can expose sensitive kernel
address information. |
Install policycoreutils-python-utils package
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_package_policycoreutils-python-utils_installed |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-package_policycoreutils-python-utils_installed:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:46+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-95096-4 References: SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 |
| Description | The policycoreutils-python-utils package can be installed with the following command:
$ sudo zypper install policycoreutils-python-utils |
| Rationale | This package is required to operate and manage an SELinux environment and its policies.
It provides utilities such as semanage, audit2allow, audit2why, chcat and sandbox. |
Install policycoreutils Package
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_package_policycoreutils_installed |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-package_policycoreutils_installed:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:46+00:00 |
| Severity | low |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-95093-1 References: SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227, SRG-OS-000134-GPOS-00068 |
| Description | The policycoreutils package can be installed with the following command:
$ sudo zypper install policycoreutils |
| Rationale | Security-enhanced Linux is a feature of the Linux kernel and a number of utilities
with enhanced security functionality designed to add mandatory access controls to Linux.
The Security-enhanced Linux kernel contains new architectural components originally
developed to improve security of the Flask operating system. These architectural components
provide general support for the enforcement of many kinds of mandatory access control
policies, including those based on the concepts of Type Enforcement, Role-based Access
Control, and Multi-level Security.
policycoreutils contains the policy core utilities that are required for
basic operation of an SELinux-enabled system. These utilities include load_policy
to load SELinux policies, setfiles to label filesystems, newrole to
switch roles, and so on. |
Configure SELinux Policy
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_selinux_policytype |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-selinux_policytype:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:46+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-95094-9 References: 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, APO01.06, APO11.04, APO13.01, BAI03.05, DSS01.05, DSS03.01, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.03, DSS06.06, MEA02.01, 3.1.2, 3.7.2, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3), 164.308(a)(4), 164.310(b), 164.310(c), 164.312(a), 164.312(e), 4.2.3.4, 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.4, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, 4.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.1, A.12.1.2, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.2, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.2, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.2, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.2.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-004-6 R3.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2, CIP-007-3 R5.2, CIP-007-3 R5.3.1, CIP-007-3 R5.3.2, CIP-007-3 R5.3.3, CIP-007-3 R6.5, AC-3, AC-3(3)(a), AU-9, SC-7(21), DE.AE-1, ID.AM-3, PR.AC-4, PR.AC-5, PR.AC-6, PR.DS-5, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-3, PR.PT-4, FMT_MOF_EXT.1, SRG-OS-000445-GPOS-00199, SRG-APP-000233-CTR-000585, R46, R64, APP.4.4.A4, SYS.1.6.A3, SYS.1.6.A18, SYS.1.6.A21, 1409, 1.2.6, 1.2 |
| Description | The SELinux targeted policy is appropriate for
general-purpose desktops and servers, as well as systems in many other roles.
To configure the system to use this policy, add or correct the following line
in /etc/selinux/config:
SELINUXTYPE=targeted
Other policies, such as mls, provide additional security labeling
and greater confinement but are not compatible with many general-purpose
use cases. |
| Rationale | Setting the SELinux policy to targeted or a more specialized policy
ensures the system will confine processes that are likely to be
targeted for exploitation, such as network or system services.
Note: During the development or debugging of SELinux modules, it is common to temporarily place non-production systems in permissive mode. In such
temporary cases, SELinux policies should be developed, and once work
is completed, the system should be reconfigured to
targeted. |
Ensure SELinux State is Enforcing
Map System Users To The Appropriate SELinux Role
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_selinux_user_login_roles |
| Result | notchecked |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:46+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-95099-8 References: SRG-OS-000324-GPOS-00125 |
| Description | Configure the operating system to prevent non-privileged users from executing
privileged functions to include disabling, circumventing, or altering
implemented security safeguards/countermeasures. All administrators must be
mapped to the sysadm_u or staff_u users with the
appropriate domains (sysadm_t and staff_t).
$ sudo semanage login -m -s sysadm_u USER
or
$ sudo semanage login -m -s staff_u USER
All authorized non-administrative users must be mapped to the user_u role or the appropriate domain
(user_t).
$ sudo semanage login -m -s user_u USER
|
| Rationale | Preventing non-privileged users from executing privileged functions mitigates
the risk that unauthorized individuals or processes may gain unnecessary access
to information or privileges.
Privileged functions include, for example, establishing accounts, performing system integrity checks, or administering cryptographic key management activities. Non-privileged users are individuals who do not possess appropriate authorizations. Circumventing intrusion detection and prevention mechanisms or malicious code protection mechanisms are examples of privileged functions that require protection from non-privileged users. |
Disable KDump Kernel Crash Analyzer (kdump)
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_service_kdump_disabled |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-service_kdump_disabled:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:46+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-95065-9 References: 11, 12, 14, 15, 3, 8, 9, APO13.01, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.04, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.05, DSS06.06, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3), 164.308(a)(4), 164.310(b), 164.310(c), 164.312(a), 164.312(e), 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, A.9.1.2, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), PR.AC-3, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, PR.PT-4, FMT_SMF_EXT.1.1, SRG-OS-000269-GPOS-00103, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 |
| Description | The kdump service provides a kernel crash dump analyzer. It uses the kexec
system call to boot a secondary kernel ("capture" kernel) following a system
crash, which can load information from the crashed kernel for analysis.
The kdump service can be disabled with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl mask --now kdump.service |
| Rationale | Kernel core dumps may contain the full contents of system memory at the
time of the crash. Kernel core dumps consume a considerable amount of disk
space and may result in denial of service by exhausting the available space
on the target file system partition. Unless the system is used for kernel
development or testing, there is little need to run the kdump service. |
Configure System to Forward All Mail For The Root Account
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_postfix_client_configure_mail_alias |
| Result | fail |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-postfix_client_configure_mail_alias:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:46+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94656-6 References: CM-6(a), SRG-OS-000046-GPOS-00022, R75 |
| Description | Make sure that mails delivered to root user are forwarded to a monitored
email address. Make sure that the address
change_me@localhost is a valid email address
reachable from the system in question. Use the following command to
configure the alias:
$ sudo echo "root: change_me@localhost" >> /etc/aliases $ sudo newaliases |
| Rationale | A number of system services utilize email messages sent to the root user to
notify system administrators of active or impending issues. These messages must
be forwarded to at least one monitored email address. |
A remote time server for Chrony is configured
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_chronyd_specify_remote_server |
| Result | notapplicable |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:46+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | References: CM-6(a), AU-8(1)(a), Req-10.4.3, SRG-OS-000355-GPOS-00143, R71, 0988, 1405, 10.6.2, 10.6 |
| Description | Chrony is a daemon which implements the Network Time Protocol (NTP). It is designed
to synchronize system clocks across a variety of systems and use a source that is highly
accurate. More information on chrony can be found at
https://chrony-project.org/.
Chrony can be configured to be a client and/or a server.
Add or edit server or pool lines to /etc/chrony.conf as appropriate:
server <remote-server>Alternatively, server or pool directives can be specified in files included via sourcedir or confdir directives in /etc/chrony.conf.
When using sourcedir, create .sources files in the specified directory:
# In /etc/chrony.conf: sourcedir /etc/chrony/sources.d # In /etc/chrony/sources.d/ntp.sources: server 0.pool.ntp.orgWhen using confdir, create .conf files in the specified directory:
# In /etc/chrony.conf: confdir /etc/chrony/conf.d # In /etc/chrony/conf.d/ntp-servers.conf: pool 1.pool.ntp.orgMultiple servers may be configured. |
| Rationale | If chrony is in use on the system proper configuration is vital to ensuring time
synchronization is working properly. |
Configure Time Service Maxpoll Interval
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_chronyd_or_ntpd_set_maxpoll |
| Result | notapplicable |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:46+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | References: 1, 14, 15, 16, 3, 5, 6, APO11.04, BAI03.05, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, MEA02.01, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, CM-6(a), AU-8(1)(b), AU-12(1), PR.PT-1, SRG-OS-000355-GPOS-00143, SRG-OS-000356-GPOS-00144, SRG-OS-000359-GPOS-00146 |
| Description | The maxpoll should be configured to
16 in /etc/ntp.conf or
/etc/chrony.conf (or /etc/chrony.d/) to continuously poll time servers. To configure
maxpoll in /etc/ntp.conf or /etc/chrony.conf (or /etc/chrony.d/)
add the following after each server, pool or peer entry:
maxpoll 16
to server directives. If using chrony, any pool directives
should be configured too. |
| Rationale | Inaccurate time stamps make it more difficult to correlate events and can lead to an inaccurate analysis. Determining the correct time a particular event occurred on a system is critical when conducting forensic analysis and investigating system events. Sources outside the configured acceptable allowance (drift) may be inaccurate.
Synchronizing internal information system clocks provides uniformity of time stamps for information systems with multiple system clocks and systems connected over a network.
Organizations should consider endpoints that may not have regular access to the authoritative time server (e.g., mobile, teleworking, and tactical endpoints). |
Remove Host-Based Authentication Files
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_no_host_based_files |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-no_host_based_files:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:46+00:00 |
| Severity | high |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-95051-9 References: SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 |
| Description | The shosts.equiv file lists remote hosts and users that are trusted by the local
system. To remove these files, run the following command to delete them from any location:
$ sudo rm /[path]/[to]/[file]/shosts.equiv |
| Rationale | The shosts.equiv files are used to configure host-based authentication for the system via SSH.
Host-based authentication is not sufficient for preventing unauthorized access to the system,
as it does not require interactive identification and authentication of a connection request,
or for the use of two-factor authentication. |
Remove User Host-Based Authentication Files
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_no_user_host_based_files |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-no_user_host_based_files:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:47+00:00 |
| Severity | high |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-95049-3 References: SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 |
| Description | The ~/.shosts (in each user's home directory) files
list remote hosts and users that are trusted by the
local system. To remove these files, run the following command
to delete them from any location:
$ sudo find / -name '.shosts' -type f -delete |
| Rationale | The .shosts files are used to configure host-based authentication for
individual users or the system via SSH. Host-based authentication is not
sufficient for preventing unauthorized access to the system, as it does not
require interactive identification and authentication of a connection request,
or for the use of two-factor authentication. |
Uninstall telnet-server Package
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_package_telnet-server_removed |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-package_telnet-server_removed:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:47+00:00 |
| Severity | high |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94643-4 References: 11, 12, 14, 15, 3, 8, 9, APO13.01, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.04, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.05, DSS06.06, 164.308(a)(4)(i), 164.308(b)(1), 164.308(b)(3), 164.310(b), 164.312(e)(1), 164.312(e)(2)(ii), 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, A.9.1.2, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), PR.AC-3, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, PR.PT-4, Req-2.2.2, SRG-OS-000095-GPOS-00049, R62, 1409, 2.2.4, 2.2 |
| Description | The telnet-server package can be removed with the following command:
$ sudo zypper remove telnet-server |
| Rationale | It is detrimental for operating systems to provide, or install by default,
functionality exceeding requirements or mission objectives. These
unnecessary capabilities are often overlooked and therefore may remain
insecure. They increase the risk to the platform by providing additional
attack vectors.
The telnet service provides an unencrypted remote access service which does not provide for the confidentiality and integrity of user passwords or the remote session. If a privileged user were to login using this service, the privileged user password could be compromised. Removing the telnet-server package decreases the risk of the
telnet service's accidental (or intentional) activation. |
Set SSH Client Alive Count Max
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sshd_set_keepalive |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-sshd_set_keepalive:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:47+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94685-5 References: 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, 7, 8, 5.5.6, APO13.01, BAI03.01, BAI03.02, BAI03.03, DSS01.03, DSS03.05, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.03, DSS06.10, 3.1.11, 164.308(a)(4)(i), 164.308(b)(1), 164.308(b)(3), 164.310(b), 164.312(e)(1), 164.312(e)(2)(ii), 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 6.2, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.3, A.14.1.1, A.14.2.1, A.14.2.5, A.18.1.4, A.6.1.2, A.6.1.5, A.7.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CIP-004-6 R2.2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.2, CIP-007-3 R5.3.1, CIP-007-3 R5.3.2, CIP-007-3 R5.3.3, AC-2(5), AC-12, AC-17(a), SC-10, CM-6(a), DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, PR.AC-1, PR.AC-4, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7, PR.IP-2, Req-8.1.8, SRG-OS-000163-GPOS-00072, SRG-OS-000279-GPOS-00109, 8.2.8, 8.2 |
| Description | The SSH server sends at most ClientAliveCountMax messages
during a SSH session and waits for a response from the SSH client.
The option ClientAliveInterval configures timeout after
each ClientAliveCountMax message. If the SSH server does not
receive a response from the client, then the connection is considered unresponsive
and terminated.
For SSH earlier than v8.2, a ClientAliveCountMax value of 0
causes a timeout precisely when the ClientAliveInterval is set.
Starting with v8.2, a value of 0 disables the timeout functionality
completely. If the option is set to a number greater than 0, then
the session will be disconnected after
ClientAliveInterval * ClientAliveCountMax seconds without receiving
a keep alive message. |
| Rationale | This ensures a user login will be terminated as soon as the ClientAliveInterval
is reached. |
Set SSH Client Alive Interval
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sshd_set_idle_timeout |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-sshd_set_idle_timeout:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:47+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94681-4 References: 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, 7, 8, 5.5.6, APO13.01, BAI03.01, BAI03.02, BAI03.03, DSS01.03, DSS03.05, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.03, DSS06.10, 3.1.11, 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 6.2, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.3, A.14.1.1, A.14.2.1, A.14.2.5, A.18.1.4, A.6.1.2, A.6.1.5, A.7.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CIP-004-6 R2.2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.2, CIP-007-3 R5.3.1, CIP-007-3 R5.3.2, CIP-007-3 R5.3.3, CM-6(a), AC-17(a), AC-2(5), AC-12, AC-17(a), SC-10, CM-6(a), DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, PR.AC-1, PR.AC-4, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7, PR.IP-2, Req-8.1.8, SRG-OS-000126-GPOS-00066, SRG-OS-000163-GPOS-00072, SRG-OS-000279-GPOS-00109, SRG-OS-000395-GPOS-00175, 8.2.8, 8.2 |
| Description | SSH allows administrators to set a network responsiveness timeout interval.
After this interval has passed, the unresponsive client will be automatically logged out.
To set this timeout interval, edit the following line in /etc/ssh/sshd_config as
follows:
ClientAliveInterval 600
The timeout interval is given in seconds. For example, have a timeout of 10 minutes, set interval to 600. If a shorter timeout has already been set for the login shell, that value will preempt any SSH setting made in /etc/ssh/sshd_config. Keep in mind that
some processes may stop SSH from correctly detecting that the user is idle. |
| Rationale | Terminating an idle ssh session within a short time period reduces the window of
opportunity for unauthorized personnel to take control of a management session
enabled on the console or console port that has been let unattended. |
| Warnings | warning
SSH disconnecting unresponsive clients will not have desired effect without also
configuring ClientAliveCountMax in the SSH service configuration. warning
Following conditions may prevent the SSH session to time out:
|
Disable SSH Access via Empty Passwords
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sshd_disable_empty_passwords |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-sshd_disable_empty_passwords:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:47+00:00 |
| Severity | high |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-95091-5 References: 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, 9, 5.5.6, APO01.06, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.03, DSS06.06, 3.1.1, 3.1.5, 164.308(a)(4)(i), 164.308(b)(1), 164.308(b)(3), 164.310(b), 164.312(e)(1), 164.312(e)(2)(ii), 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 5.2, SR 7.6, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, AC-17(a), CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), PR.AC-4, PR.AC-6, PR.DS-5, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, FIA_UAU.1, Req-2.2.4, SRG-OS-000106-GPOS-00053, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00229, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227, 1546, 2.2.6, 2.2 |
| Description | Disallow SSH login with empty passwords.
The default SSH configuration disables logins with empty passwords. The appropriate
configuration is used if no value is set for PermitEmptyPasswords.
To explicitly disallow SSH login from accounts with empty passwords, add or correct the following line in /etc/ssh/sshd_config:
PermitEmptyPasswords noAny accounts with empty passwords should be disabled immediately, and PAM configuration should prevent users from being able to assign themselves empty passwords. |
| Rationale | Configuring this setting for the SSH daemon provides additional assurance
that remote login via SSH will require a password, even in the event of
misconfiguration elsewhere. |
Disable SSH Root Login
Disable SSH Support for User Known Hosts
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sshd_disable_user_known_hosts |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-sshd_disable_user_known_hosts:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:47+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-95068-3 References: 11, 3, 9, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, 3.1.12, 164.308(a)(4)(i), 164.308(b)(1), 164.308(b)(3), 164.310(b), 164.312(e)(1), 164.312(e)(2)(ii), 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 7.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, AC-17(a), CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), PR.IP-1, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227, 1546 |
| Description | SSH can allow system users to connect to systems if a cache of the remote
systems public keys is available. This should be disabled.
To ensure this behavior is disabled, add or correct the following line in /etc/ssh/sshd_config:
IgnoreUserKnownHosts yes |
| Rationale | Configuring this setting for the SSH daemon provides additional
assurance that remote login via SSH will require a password, even
in the event of misconfiguration elsewhere. |
Disable X11 Forwarding
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sshd_disable_x11_forwarding |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-sshd_disable_x11_forwarding:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:47+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-95072-5 References: CM-6(b), SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227, 0484, 2.2.6, 2.2 |
| Description | The X11Forwarding parameter provides the ability to tunnel X11 traffic
through the connection to enable remote graphic connections.
SSH has the capability to encrypt remote X11 connections when SSH's
X11Forwarding option is enabled.
The default SSH configuration disables X11Forwarding. The appropriate configuration is used if no value is set for X11Forwarding.
To explicitly disable X11 Forwarding, add or correct the following line in /etc/ssh/sshd_config:
X11Forwarding no |
| Rationale | Disable X11 forwarding unless there is an operational requirement to use X11
applications directly. There is a small risk that the remote X11 servers of
users who are logged in via SSH with X11 forwarding could be compromised by
other users on the X11 server. Note that even if X11 forwarding is disabled,
users can always install their own forwarders. |
Do Not Allow SSH Environment Options
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sshd_do_not_permit_user_env |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-sshd_do_not_permit_user_env:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:47+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-95090-7 References: 11, 3, 9, 5.5.6, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, 3.1.12, 164.308(a)(4)(i), 164.308(b)(1), 164.308(b)(3), 164.310(b), 164.312(e)(1), 164.312(e)(2)(ii), 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 7.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, AC-17(a), CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), PR.IP-1, Req-2.2.4, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00229, 1546, 2.2.6, 2.2 |
| Description | Ensure that users are not able to override environment variables of the SSH daemon.
The default SSH configuration disables environment processing. The appropriate configuration is used if no value is set for PermitUserEnvironment.
To explicitly disable Environment options, add or correct the following /etc/ssh/sshd_config:
PermitUserEnvironment no |
| Rationale | SSH environment options potentially allow users to bypass
access restriction in some configurations. |
Enable Use of Strict Mode Checking
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sshd_enable_strictmodes |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-sshd_enable_strictmodes:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:47+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-95071-7 References: 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, 3.1.12, 164.308(a)(4)(i), 164.308(b)(1), 164.308(b)(3), 164.310(b), 164.312(e)(1), 164.312(e)(2)(ii), 4.3.3.7.3, SR 2.1, SR 5.2, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2, AC-6, AC-17(a), CM-6(a), PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227, 1409 |
| Description | SSHs StrictModes option checks file and ownership permissions in
the user's home directory .ssh folder before accepting login. If world-
writable permissions are found, logon is rejected.
The default SSH configuration has StrictModes enabled. The appropriate
configuration is used if no value is set for StrictModes.
To explicitly enable StrictModes in SSH, add or correct the following line in
/etc/ssh/sshd_config:
StrictModes yes |
| Rationale | If other users have access to modify user-specific SSH configuration files, they
may be able to log into the system as another user. |
Enable SSH Print Last Log
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sshd_print_last_log |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-sshd_print_last_log:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:47+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-95045-1 References: 1, 12, 15, 16, DSS05.04, DSS05.10, DSS06.10, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, A.18.1.4, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.4, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, AC-9, AC-9(1), PR.AC-7, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227, 0582, 0846 |
| Description | Ensure that SSH will display the date and time of the last successful account logon.
The default SSH configuration enables print of the date and time of the last login. The appropriate configuration is used if no value is set for PrintLastLog.
To explicitly enable LastLog in SSH, add or correct the following line in /etc/ssh/sshd_config:
PrintLastLog yes |
| Rationale | Providing users feedback on when account accesses last occurred facilitates user
recognition and reporting of unauthorized account use. |
Set SSH Daemon LogLevel to VERBOSE
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sshd_set_loglevel_verbose |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-sshd_set_loglevel_verbose:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:47+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94627-7 References: CIP-007-3 R7.1, AC-17(a), AC-17(1), CM-6(a), Req-2.2.4, SRG-OS-000032-GPOS-00013, 2.2.6, 2.2 |
| Description | The VERBOSE parameter configures the SSH daemon to record login and logout activity.
To specify the log level in
SSH, add or correct the following line in
/etc/ssh/sshd_config:
LogLevel VERBOSE |
| Rationale | SSH provides several logging levels with varying amounts of verbosity. DEBUG is specifically
not recommended other than strictly for debugging SSH communications since it provides
so much data that it is difficult to identify important security information. INFO or
VERBOSE level is the basic level that only records login activity of SSH users. In many
situations, such as Incident Response, it is important to determine when a particular user was active
on a system. The logout record can eliminate those users who disconnected, which helps narrow the
field. |
Use Only FIPS 140-2 Validated Ciphers
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sshd_use_approved_ciphers |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-sshd_use_approved_ciphers:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:47+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94647-5 References: 1, 11, 12, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, 6, 8, 9, 5.5.6, APO11.04, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.04, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.03, DSS06.06, DSS06.10, MEA02.01, 3.1.13, 3.13.11, 3.13.8, 164.308(b)(1), 164.308(b)(2), 164.312(e)(1), 164.312(e)(2)(i), 164.312(e)(2)(ii), 164.314(b)(2)(i), 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.18.1.4, A.6.1.2, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, A.7.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-6(a), AC-17(a), AC-17(2), SC-13, MA-4(6), IA-5(1)(c), SC-12(2), SC-12(3), PR.AC-1, PR.AC-3, PR.AC-4, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-3, PR.PT-4, SRG-OS-000033-GPOS-00014, SRG-OS-000120-GPOS-00061, SRG-OS-000125-GPOS-00065, SRG-OS-000250-GPOS-00093, SRG-OS-000393-GPOS-00173, SRG-OS-000394-GPOS-00174, 2.2.7, 2.2 |
| Description | Limit the ciphers to those algorithms which are FIPS-approved.
Counter (CTR) mode is also preferred over cipher-block chaining (CBC) mode.
The following line in /etc/ssh/sshd_config
demonstrates use of FIPS-approved ciphers:
Ciphers aes128-ctr,aes192-ctr,aes256-ctr,aes128-cbc,3des-cbc,aes192-cbc,aes256-cbcThe man page sshd_config(5) contains a list of supported ciphers.
The rule is parametrized to use the following ciphers: aes128-ctr,aes192-ctr,aes256-ctr,aes128-cbc,3des-cbc,aes192-cbc,aes256-cbc,rijndael-cbc@lysator.liu.se. |
| Rationale | Unapproved mechanisms that are used for authentication to the cryptographic module are not verified and therefore
cannot be relied upon to provide confidentiality or integrity, and system data may be compromised.
Operating systems utilizing encryption are required to use FIPS-compliant mechanisms for authenticating to cryptographic modules. FIPS 140-2 is the current standard for validating that mechanisms used to access cryptographic modules utilize authentication that meets industry and government requirements. For government systems, this allows Security Levels 1, 2, 3, or 4 for use on SUSE Linux Enterprise Micro 6. |
| Warnings | warning
The system needs to be rebooted for these changes to take effect. warning
System Crypto Modules must be provided by a vendor that undergoes
FIPS-140 certifications.
FIPS-140 is applicable to all Federal agencies that use
cryptographic-based security systems to protect sensitive information
in computer and telecommunication systems (including voice systems) as
defined in Section 5131 of the Information Technology Management Reform
Act of 1996, Public Law 104-106. This standard shall be used in
designing and implementing cryptographic modules that Federal
departments and agencies operate or are operated for them under
contract. See https://nvlpubs.nist.gov/nistpubs/FIPS/NIST.FIPS.140-2.pdf
To meet this, the system has to have cryptographic software provided by
a vendor that has undergone this certification. This means providing
documentation, test results, design information, and independent third
party review by an accredited lab. While open source software is
capable of meeting this, it does not meet FIPS-140 unless the vendor
submits to this process. |
Use Only FIPS 140-2 Validated Ciphers
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sshd_use_approved_ciphers_ordered_stig |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-sshd_use_approved_ciphers_ordered_stig:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:47+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94646-7 References: SRG-OS-000033-GPOS-00014, SRG-OS-000120-GPOS-00061, SRG-OS-000125-GPOS-00065, SRG-OS-000250-GPOS-00093, SRG-OS-000393-GPOS-00173, SRG-OS-000394-GPOS-00174 |
| Description | Limit the ciphers to those algorithms which are FIPS-approved.
The following line in /etc/ssh/sshd_config
demonstrates use of FIPS-approved ciphers:
Ciphers aes256-ctr,aes192-ctr,aes128-ctrThis rule ensures that there are configured ciphers mentioned above (or their subset), keeping the given order of algorithms. |
| Rationale | Unapproved mechanisms that are used for authentication to the cryptographic module are not verified and therefore
cannot be relied upon to provide confidentiality or integrity, and system data may be compromised.
Operating systems utilizing encryption are required to use FIPS-compliant mechanisms for authenticating to cryptographic modules. FIPS 140-2 is the current standard for validating that mechanisms used to access cryptographic modules utilize authentication that meets industry and government requirements. For government systems, this allows Security Levels 1, 2, 3, or 4 for use on SUSE Linux Enterprise Micro 6. |
| Warnings | warning
The system needs to be rebooted for these changes to take effect. warning
System Crypto Modules must be provided by a vendor that undergoes
FIPS-140 certifications.
FIPS-140 is applicable to all Federal agencies that use
cryptographic-based security systems to protect sensitive information
in computer and telecommunication systems (including voice systems) as
defined in Section 5131 of the Information Technology Management Reform
Act of 1996, Public Law 104-106. This standard shall be used in
designing and implementing cryptographic modules that Federal
departments and agencies operate or are operated for them under
contract. See https://nvlpubs.nist.gov/nistpubs/FIPS/NIST.FIPS.140-2.pdf
To meet this, the system has to have cryptographic software provided by
a vendor that has undergone this certification. This means providing
documentation, test results, design information, and independent third
party review by an accredited lab. While open source software is
capable of meeting this, it does not meet FIPS-140 unless the vendor
submits to this process. |
Use Only FIPS 140-2 Validated Key Exchange Algorithms
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sshd_use_approved_kex_ordered_stig |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-sshd_use_approved_kex_ordered_stig:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:47+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94688-9 References: AC-17(2), SRG-OS-000250-GPOS-00093 |
| Description | Limit the key exchange algorithms to those which are FIPS-approved.
Add or modify the following line in /etc/ssh/sshd_config
KexAlgorithms ecdh-sha2-nistp256,ecdh-sha2-nistp384,ecdh-sha2-nistp521,diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha256This rule ensures that only the key exchange algorithms mentioned above (or their subset) are configured for use, keeping the given order of algorithms. |
| Rationale | FIPS-approved key exchange algorithms are required to be used.
The system will attempt to use the first algorithm presented by the client that matches
the server list. Listing the values "strongest to weakest" is a method to ensure the use
of the strongest algorithm available to secure the SSH connection. |
| Warnings | warning
The system needs to be rebooted for these changes to take effect. warning
System crypto modules must be provided by a vendor that undergoes
FIPS-140 certifications.
FIPS-140 is applicable to all Federal agencies that use
cryptographic-based security systems to protect sensitive information
in computer and telecommunication systems (including voice systems) as
defined in Section 5131 of the Information Technology Management Reform
Act of 1996, Public Law 104-106. This standard shall be used in
designing and implementing cryptographic modules that Federal
departments and agencies operate or are operated for them under
contract. See https://nvlpubs.nist.gov/nistpubs/FIPS/NIST.FIPS.140-2.pdf
To meet this requirements, the system has to have cryptographic software
provided by a vendor that has undergone this certification. This means
providing documentation, test results, design information, and independent
third party review by an accredited lab. While open source software is
capable of meeting this, it does not meet FIPS-140 unless the vendor
submits to this process. |
Use Only FIPS 140-2 Validated MACs
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sshd_use_approved_macs |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-sshd_use_approved_macs:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:47+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94680-6 References: 1, 12, 13, 15, 16, 5, 8, APO01.06, APO13.01, DSS01.04, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.03, 3.1.13, 3.13.11, 3.13.8, 164.308(b)(1), 164.308(b)(2), 164.312(e)(1), 164.312(e)(2)(i), 164.312(e)(2)(ii), 164.314(b)(2)(i), 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.6.6, SR 1.1, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.6, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.11.2.6, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-6(a), AC-17(a), AC-17(2), SC-13, MA-4(6), SC-12(2), SC-12(3), PR.AC-1, PR.AC-3, PR.DS-5, PR.PT-4, SRG-OS-000125-GPOS-00065, SRG-OS-000250-GPOS-00093, SRG-OS-000394-GPOS-00174, 2.2.7, 2.2 |
| Description | Limit the MACs to those hash algorithms which are FIPS-approved.
The following line in /etc/ssh/sshd_config
demonstrates use of FIPS-approved MACs:
MACs hmac-sha2-512,hmac-sha2-256The man page sshd_config(5) contains a list of supported MACs.
The rule is parametrized to use the following MACs: hmac-sha2-512,hmac-sha2-256,hmac-sha1,hmac-sha1-etm@openssh.com,hmac-sha2-256-etm@openssh.com,hmac-sha2-512-etm@openssh.com. |
| Rationale | FIPS-approved cryptographic hash functions are required to be used.
The only SSHv2 hash algorithms meeting this requirement is SHA2. |
| Warnings | warning
The system needs to be rebooted for these changes to take effect. warning
System Crypto Modules must be provided by a vendor that undergoes
FIPS-140 certifications.
FIPS-140 is applicable to all Federal agencies that use
cryptographic-based security systems to protect sensitive information
in computer and telecommunication systems (including voice systems) as
defined in Section 5131 of the Information Technology Management Reform
Act of 1996, Public Law 104-106. This standard shall be used in
designing and implementing cryptographic modules that Federal
departments and agencies operate or are operated for them under
contract. See https://nvlpubs.nist.gov/nistpubs/FIPS/NIST.FIPS.140-2.pdf
To meet this, the system has to have cryptographic software provided by
a vendor that has undergone this certification. This means providing
documentation, test results, design information, and independent third
party review by an accredited lab. While open source software is
capable of meeting this, it does not meet FIPS-140 unless the vendor
submits to this process. |
Use Only FIPS 140-2 Validated MACs
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sshd_use_approved_macs_ordered_stig |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-sshd_use_approved_macs_ordered_stig:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:47+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94679-8 References: SRG-OS-000125-GPOS-00065, SRG-OS-000250-GPOS-00093, SRG-OS-000394-GPOS-00174 |
| Description | Limit the MACs to those hash algorithms which are FIPS-approved.
The following line in /etc/ssh/sshd_config
demonstrates use of FIPS-approved MACs:
MACs hmac-sha2-512,hmac-sha2-256This rule ensures that there are configured MACs mentioned above (or their subset), keeping the given order of algorithms. |
| Rationale | FIPS-approved cryptographic hash functions are required to be used.
The only SSHv2 hash algorithms meeting this requirement is SHA2. |
| Warnings | warning
The system needs to be rebooted for these changes to take effect. warning
System Crypto Modules must be provided by a vendor that undergoes
FIPS-140 certifications.
FIPS-140 is applicable to all Federal agencies that use
cryptographic-based security systems to protect sensitive information
in computer and telecommunication systems (including voice systems) as
defined in Section 5131 of the Information Technology Management Reform
Act of 1996, Public Law 104-106. This standard shall be used in
designing and implementing cryptographic modules that Federal
departments and agencies operate or are operated for them under
contract. See https://nvlpubs.nist.gov/nistpubs/FIPS/NIST.FIPS.140-2.pdf
To meet this, the system has to have cryptographic software provided by
a vendor that has undergone this certification. This means providing
documentation, test results, design information, and independent third
party review by an accredited lab. While open source software is
capable of meeting this, it does not meet FIPS-140 unless the vendor
submits to this process. |
Install the OpenSSH Server Package
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_package_openssh-server_installed |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-package_openssh-server_installed:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:47+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94725-9 References: 13, 14, APO01.06, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.06, SR 3.1, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.2, SR 5.2, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-6(a), PR.DS-2, PR.DS-5, FIA_UAU.5, FTP_ITC_EXT.1, FCS_SSH_EXT.1, FCS_SSHS_EXT.1, SRG-OS-000423-GPOS-00187, SRG-OS-000424-GPOS-00188, SRG-OS-000425-GPOS-00189, SRG-OS-000426-GPOS-00190 |
| Description | The openssh-server package should be installed.
The openssh-server package can be installed with the following command:
$ sudo zypper install openssh-server |
| Rationale | Without protection of the transmitted information, confidentiality, and
integrity may be compromised because unprotected communications can be
intercepted and either read or altered. |
Enable the OpenSSH Service
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_service_sshd_enabled |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-service_sshd_enabled:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:47+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94726-7 References: 13, 14, APO01.06, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.06, 3.1.13, 3.5.4, 3.13.8, SR 3.1, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.2, SR 5.2, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-6(a), SC-8, SC-8(1), SC-8(2), SC-8(3), SC-8(4), PR.DS-2, PR.DS-5, SRG-OS-000423-GPOS-00187, SRG-OS-000424-GPOS-00188, SRG-OS-000425-GPOS-00189, SRG-OS-000426-GPOS-00190 |
| Description | The SSH server service, sshd, is commonly needed.
The sshd service can be enabled with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl enable sshd.service |
| Rationale | Without protection of the transmitted information, confidentiality, and
integrity may be compromised because unprotected communications can be
intercepted and either read or altered.
This checklist item applies to both internal and external networks and all types of information system components from which information can be transmitted (e.g., servers, mobile devices, notebook computers, printers, copiers, scanners, etc). Communication paths outside the physical protection of a controlled boundary are exposed to the possibility of interception and modification. |
OpenSSH Service Must Use Passcode for Their Private Keys
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_ssh_private_keys_have_passcode |
| Result | notchecked |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:47+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94668-1 References: IA-5(2), IA-5(2).1, SRG-OS-000067-GPOS-00035 |
| Description | Verify the SSH private key files have a passcode.
For each private key stored on the system, use the following command:
$ sudo ssh-keygen -y -f /path/to/fileIf the contents of the key are displayed, without asking a passphrase this is a finding. |
| Rationale | If an unauthorized user obtains access to a private key without a passcode, that user would
have unauthorized access to any system where the associated public key has been installed. |
Configure SSSD's Memory Cache to Expire
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sssd_memcache_timeout |
| Result | notapplicable |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:47+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94723-4 References: 1, 12, 15, 16, 5, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.03, DSS06.10, 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.4, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, A.18.1.4, A.7.1.1, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, CM-6(a), IA-5(13), PR.AC-1, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7, SRG-OS-000383-GPOS-00166 |
| Description | SSSD's memory cache should be configured to set to expire records after
86400 seconds.
To configure SSSD to expire memory cache, set memcache_timeout to
86400 under the
[nss] section in /etc/sssd/sssd.conf.
For example:
[nss]
memcache_timeout = 86400
|
| Rationale | If cached authentication information is out-of-date, the validity of the
authentication information may be questionable. |
Configure SSSD to Expire Offline Credentials
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sssd_offline_cred_expiration |
| Result | notapplicable |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:47+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94724-2 References: 1, 12, 15, 16, 5, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.03, DSS06.10, 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.4, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, A.18.1.4, A.7.1.1, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, CM-6(a), IA-5(13), PR.AC-1, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7, SRG-OS-000383-GPOS-00166 |
| Description | SSSD should be configured to expire offline credentials after 1 day.
To configure SSSD to expire offline credentials, set
offline_credentials_expiration to 1 under the [pam]
section in /etc/sssd/sssd.conf. For example:
[pam] offline_credentials_expiration = 1 |
| Rationale | If cached authentication information is out-of-date, the validity of the
authentication information may be questionable. |
Record Events that Modify the System's Discretionary Access Controls - fchmod
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_dac_modification_fchmod |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-audit_rules_dac_modification_fchmod:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:47+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94634-3 References: 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 5.4.1.1, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 1.13, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, AU-2(d), AU-12(c), CM-6(a), DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-3, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, Req-10.5.5, SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, SRG-OS-000064-GPOS-00033, SRG-OS-000466-GPOS-00210, SRG-OS-000458-GPOS-00203, SRG-APP-000091-CTR-000160, SRG-APP-000492-CTR-001220, SRG-APP-000493-CTR-001225, SRG-APP-000494-CTR-001230, SRG-APP-000500-CTR-001260, SRG-APP-000507-CTR-001295, SRG-APP-000495-CTR-001235, SRG-APP-000499-CTR-001255, R73, 10.3.4, 10.3 |
| Description | At a minimum, the audit system should collect file permission
changes for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to
use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup
(the default), add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in
the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S fchmod -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_modIf the system is 64 bit then also add the following line: -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S fchmod -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_modIf the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S fchmod -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_modIf the system is 64 bit then also add the following line: -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S fchmod -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod |
| Rationale | The changing of file permissions could indicate that a user is attempting to
gain access to information that would otherwise be disallowed. Auditing DAC modifications
can facilitate the identification of patterns of abuse among both authorized and
unauthorized users. |
| Warnings | warning
Note that these rules can be configured in a
number of ways while still achieving the desired effect. Here the system calls
have been placed independent of other system calls. Grouping these system
calls with others as identifying earlier in this guide is more efficient. |
Record Events that Modify the System's Discretionary Access Controls - fremovexattr
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_dac_modification_fremovexattr |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-audit_rules_dac_modification_fremovexattr:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:47+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94632-7 References: 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 5.4.1.1, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 1.13, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, AU-2(d), AU-12(c), CM-6(a), DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-3, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, Req-10.5.5, SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000458-GPOS-00203, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000463-GPOS-00207, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, SRG-OS-000474-GPOS-00219, SRG-OS-000466-GPOS-00210, SRG-OS-000468-GPOS-00212, SRG-OS-000064-GPOS-00033, SRG-APP-000091-CTR-000160, SRG-APP-000492-CTR-001220, SRG-APP-000493-CTR-001225, SRG-APP-000494-CTR-001230, SRG-APP-000500-CTR-001260, SRG-APP-000507-CTR-001295, SRG-APP-000495-CTR-001235, SRG-APP-000496-CTR-001240, SRG-APP-000497-CTR-001245, SRG-APP-000498-CTR-001250, SRG-APP-000499-CTR-001255, R73, 10.3.4, 10.3 |
| Description | At a minimum, the audit system should collect file permission
changes for all users and root.
If the auditd daemon is configured
to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon
startup (the default), add the following line to a file with suffix
.rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S fremovexattr -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line: -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S fremovexattr -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S fremovexattr -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line: -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S fremovexattr -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod |
| Rationale | The changing of file permissions could indicate that a user is attempting to
gain access to information that would otherwise be disallowed. Auditing DAC modifications
can facilitate the identification of patterns of abuse among both authorized and
unauthorized users. |
| Warnings | warning
Note that these rules can be configured in a
number of ways while still achieving the desired effect. Here the system calls
have been placed independent of other system calls. Grouping these system
calls with others as identifying earlier in this guide is more efficient. |
Record Events that Modify the System's Discretionary Access Controls - lchown
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_dac_modification_lchown |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-audit_rules_dac_modification_lchown:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:47+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94633-5 References: 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 5.4.1.1, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 1.13, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, AU-2(d), AU-12(c), CM-6(a), DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-3, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, Req-10.5.5, SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, SRG-OS-000064-GPOS-00033, SRG-OS-000466-GPOS-00210, SRG-OS-000458-GPOS-00203, SRG-OS-000474-GPOS-00219, SRG-APP-000091-CTR-000160, SRG-APP-000492-CTR-001220, SRG-APP-000493-CTR-001225, SRG-APP-000494-CTR-001230, SRG-APP-000500-CTR-001260, SRG-APP-000507-CTR-001295, SRG-APP-000495-CTR-001235, SRG-APP-000499-CTR-001255, R73, 10.3.4, 10.3 |
| Description | At a minimum, the audit system should collect file permission
changes for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured
to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon
startup (the default), add the following line to a file with suffix
.rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S lchown -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_modIf the system is 64 bit then also add the following line: -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S lchown -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_modIf the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S lchown -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_modIf the system is 64 bit then also add the following line: -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S lchown -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod |
| Rationale | The changing of file permissions could indicate that a user is attempting to
gain access to information that would otherwise be disallowed. Auditing DAC modifications
can facilitate the identification of patterns of abuse among both authorized and
unauthorized users. |
| Warnings | warning
Note that these rules can be configured in a
number of ways while still achieving the desired effect. Here the system calls
have been placed independent of other system calls. Grouping these system
calls with others as identifying earlier in this guide is more efficient. |
Record Events that Modify the System's Discretionary Access Controls - umount2
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_dac_modification_umount2 |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-audit_rules_dac_modification_umount2:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:47+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94636-8 References: SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, SRG-APP-000495-CTR-001235, R73 |
| Description | At a minimum, the audit system should collect file system umount2
changes. If the auditd daemon is configured
to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon
startup (the default), add the following line to a file with suffix
.rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S umount2 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_modIf the system is 64 bit then also add the following line: -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S umount2 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_modIf the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S umount2 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_modIf the system is 64 bit then also add the following line: -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S umount2 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod |
| Rationale | The changing of file permissions could indicate that a user is attempting to
gain access to information that would otherwise be disallowed. Auditing DAC modifications
can facilitate the identification of patterns of abuse among both authorized and
unauthorized users. |
| Warnings | warning
Note that these rules can be configured in a
number of ways while still achieving the desired effect. Here the system calls
have been placed independent of other system calls. Grouping these system
calls with others as identifying earlier in this guide is more efficient. |
Record Any Attempts to Run chacl
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_execution_chacl |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-audit_rules_execution_chacl:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:47+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94619-4 References: SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, SRG-OS-000466-GPOS-00210, SRG-APP-000495-CTR-001235, SRG-APP-000499-CTR-001255 |
| Description |
At a minimum, the audit system should collect the execution of privileged
commands for all users and root.
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules
program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add
a line of the following form to a file with suffix .rules
in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/chacl -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privilegedIf the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add a line of the
following form to /etc/audit/audit.rules:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/chacl -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged |
| Rationale | Without generating audit records that are specific to the security and
mission needs of the organization, it would be difficult to establish,
correlate, and investigate the events relating to an incident or identify
those responsible for one.
Audit records can be generated from various components within the
information system (e.g., module or policy filter). |
Record Any Attempts to Run chmod
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_execution_chmod |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-audit_rules_execution_chmod:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:47+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94617-8 References: SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215 |
| Description |
At a minimum, the audit system should collect the execution of privileged
commands for all users and root.
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules
program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add
a line of the following form to a file with suffix .rules
in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/chmod -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privilegedIf the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add a line of the
following form to /etc/audit/audit.rules:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/chmod -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged |
| Rationale | Without generating audit records that are specific to the security and
mission needs of the organization, it would be difficult to establish,
correlate, and investigate the events relating to an incident or identify
those responsible for one.
Audit records can be generated from various components within the
information system (e.g., module or policy filter). |
Record Any Attempts to Run setfacl
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_execution_setfacl |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-audit_rules_execution_setfacl:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:47+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94618-6 References: SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, SRG-APP-000495-CTR-001235 |
| Description |
At a minimum, the audit system should collect the execution of privileged
commands for all users and root.
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules
program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add
a line of the following form to a file with suffix .rules
in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/setfacl -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privilegedIf the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add a line of the
following form to /etc/audit/audit.rules:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/setfacl -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged |
| Rationale | Without generating audit records that are specific to the security and
mission needs of the organization, it would be difficult to establish,
correlate, and investigate the events relating to an incident or identify
those responsible for one.
Audit records can be generated from various components within the
information system (e.g., module or policy filter). |
Record Any Attempts to Run chcon
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_execution_chcon |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-audit_rules_execution_chcon:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:47+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94620-2 References: 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, BAI03.05, DSS01.03, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, AU-2(d), AU-12(c), AC-6(9), CM-6(a), DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.PT-1, SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000468-GPOS-00212, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, SRG-OS-000463-GPOS-00207, SRG-OS-000465-GPOS-00209, SRG-APP-000495-CTR-001235, SRG-APP-000496-CTR-001240, SRG-APP-000497-CTR-001245, SRG-APP-000498-CTR-001250, SRG-APP-000501-CTR-001265, SRG-APP-000502-CTR-001270, 0582 |
| Description |
At a minimum, the audit system should collect the execution of privileged
commands for all users and root.
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules
program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add
a line of the following form to a file with suffix .rules
in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/chcon -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privilegedIf the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add a line of the
following form to /etc/audit/audit.rules:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/chcon -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged |
| Rationale | Misuse of privileged functions, either intentionally or unintentionally by
authorized users, or by unauthorized external entities that have compromised system accounts,
is a serious and ongoing concern and can have significant adverse impacts on organizations.
Auditing the use of privileged functions is one way to detect such misuse and identify
the risk from insider and advanced persistent threats.
Privileged programs are subject to escalation-of-privilege attacks, which attempt to subvert their normal role of providing some necessary but limited capability. As such, motivation exists to monitor these programs for unusual activity. |
Record Any Attempts to Run rm
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_execution_rm |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-audit_rules_execution_rm:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:47+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94621-0 References: SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215 |
| Description |
At a minimum, the audit system should collect the execution of privileged
commands for all users and root.
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules
program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add
a line of the following form to a file with suffix .rules
in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/rm -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privilegedIf the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add a line of the
following form to /etc/audit/audit.rules:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/rm -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged |
| Rationale | Without generating audit records that are specific to the security and
mission needs of the organization, it would be difficult to establish,
correlate, and investigate the events relating to an incident or identify
those responsible for one.
Audit records can be generated from various components within the
information system (e.g., module or policy filter). |
Record Any Attempts to Run semanage
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_execution_semanage |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-audit_rules_execution_semanage:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:47+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-95095-6 References: 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, BAI03.05, DSS01.03, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, CIP-004-6 R2.2.2, CIP-004-6 R2.2.3, CIP-007-3 R.1.3, CIP-007-3 R5, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.3, CIP-007-3 R5.2.1, CIP-007-3 R5.2.3, AC-2(4), AU-2(d), AU-12(c), AC-6(9), CM-6(a), DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.PT-1, SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, SRG-OS-000463-GPOS-00207, SRG-OS-000465-GPOS-00209, SRG-APP-000495-CTR-001235, SRG-APP-000496-CTR-001240, SRG-APP-000497-CTR-001245, SRG-APP-000498-CTR-001250, 0582 |
| Description |
At a minimum, the audit system should collect the execution of privileged
commands for all users and root.
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules
program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add
a line of the following form to a file with suffix .rules
in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/sbin/semanage -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privilegedIf the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add a line of the
following form to /etc/audit/audit.rules:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/sbin/semanage -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged |
| Rationale | Misuse of privileged functions, either intentionally or unintentionally by
authorized users, or by unauthorized external entities that have compromised system accounts,
is a serious and ongoing concern and can have significant adverse impacts on organizations.
Auditing the use of privileged functions is one way to detect such misuse and identify
the risk from insider and advanced persistent threats.
Privileged programs are subject to escalation-of-privilege attacks, which attempt to subvert their normal role of providing some necessary but limited capability. As such, motivation exists to monitor these programs for unusual activity. |
Record Any Attempts to Run setfiles
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_execution_setfiles |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-audit_rules_execution_setfiles:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:47+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-95097-2 References: AU-2(d), AU-12(c), AC-6(9), CM-6(a), SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, SRG-OS-000463-GPOS-00207, SRG-OS-000465-GPOS-00209, SRG-APP-000495-CTR-001235, SRG-APP-000496-CTR-001240, SRG-APP-000497-CTR-001245, SRG-APP-000498-CTR-001250, 0582 |
| Description |
At a minimum, the audit system should collect the execution of privileged
commands for all users and root.
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules
program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add
a line of the following form to a file with suffix .rules
in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/sbin/setfiles -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privilegedIf the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add a line of the
following form to /etc/audit/audit.rules:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/sbin/setfiles -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged |
| Rationale | Misuse of privileged functions, either intentionally or unintentionally by
authorized users, or by unauthorized external entities that have compromised system accounts,
is a serious and ongoing concern and can have significant adverse impacts on organizations.
Auditing the use of privileged functions is one way to detect such misuse and identify
the risk from insider and advanced persistent threats.
Privileged programs are subject to escalation-of-privilege attacks, which attempt to subvert their normal role of providing some necessary but limited capability. As such, motivation exists to monitor these programs for unusual activity. |
Record Any Attempts to Run setsebool
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_execution_setsebool |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-audit_rules_execution_setsebool:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:47+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-95098-0 References: 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, BAI03.05, DSS01.03, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, AU-2(d), AU-12(c), AC-6(9), CM-6(a), DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.PT-1, SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, SRG-OS-000463-GPOS-00207, SRG-OS-000465-GPOS-00209, SRG-APP-000495-CTR-001235, SRG-APP-000496-CTR-001240, SRG-APP-000497-CTR-001245, SRG-APP-000498-CTR-001250, 0582 |
| Description |
At a minimum, the audit system should collect the execution of privileged
commands for all users and root.
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules
program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add
a line of the following form to a file with suffix .rules
in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/sbin/setsebool -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privilegedIf the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add a line of the
following form to /etc/audit/audit.rules:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/sbin/setsebool -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged |
| Rationale | Misuse of privileged functions, either intentionally or unintentionally by
authorized users, or by unauthorized external entities that have compromised system accounts,
is a serious and ongoing concern and can have significant adverse impacts on organizations.
Auditing the use of privileged functions is one way to detect such misuse and identify
the risk from insider and advanced persistent threats.
Privileged programs are subject to escalation-of-privilege attacks, which attempt to subvert their normal role of providing some necessary but limited capability. As such, motivation exists to monitor these programs for unusual activity. |
Record Unsuccessful Access Attempts to Files - open
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_unsuccessful_file_modification_open |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-audit_rules_unsuccessful_file_modification_open:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:47+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94649-1 References: 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 1.13, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, AU-2(d), AU-12(c), CM-6(a), DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-3, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, Req-10.2.4, Req-10.2.1, SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, SRG-OS-000064-GPOS-00033, SRG-OS-000458-GPOS-00203, SRG-OS-000461-GPOS-00205, SRG-APP-000495-CTR-001235, R73, 0582, 0846 |
| Description | At a minimum, the audit system should collect unauthorized file
accesses for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured
to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon
startup (the default), add the following lines to a file with suffix
.rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S open -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S open -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=accessIf the system is 64 bit then also add the following lines: -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S open -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S open -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=accessIf the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S open -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S open -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=accessIf the system is 64 bit then also add the following lines: -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S open -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S open -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access |
| Rationale | Unsuccessful attempts to access files could be an indicator of malicious activity on a system. Auditing
these events could serve as evidence of potential system compromise. |
| Warnings | warning
Note that these rules can be configured in a
number of ways while still achieving the desired effect. Here the system calls
have been placed independent of other system calls. Grouping these system
calls with others as identifying earlier in this guide is more efficient. |
Record Unsuccessful Delete Attempts to Files - rename
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_unsuccessful_file_modification_rename |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-audit_rules_unsuccessful_file_modification_rename:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:47+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94731-7 References: 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 1.13, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, AU-2(d), AU-12(c), CM-6(a), DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-3, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, Req-10.2.4, Req-10.2.1, SRG-OS-000064-GPOS-00033, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000458-GPOS-00203, SRG-OS-000461-GPOS-00205, SRG-OS-000468-GPOS-00212, SRG-APP-000501-CTR-001265, SRG-APP-000502-CTR-001270 |
| Description | The audit system should collect unsuccessful file deletion
attempts for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured
to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon
startup (the default), add the following lines to a file with suffix
.rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d.
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file.
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S rename -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=unsuccessful-delete -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S rename -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=unsuccessful-deleteIf the system is 64 bit then also add the following lines: -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S rename -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=unsuccessful-delete -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S rename -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=unsuccessful-delete |
| Rationale | Unsuccessful attempts to delete files could be an indicator of malicious activity on a system. Auditing
these events could serve as evidence of potential system compromise. |
| Warnings | warning
Note that these rules can be configured in a
number of ways while still achieving the desired effect. Here the system calls
have been placed independent of other system calls. Grouping system calls related
to the same event is more efficient. See the following example:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S unlink,unlinkat,rename,renameat -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=unsuccesful-delete |
Ensure auditd Collects Information on Kernel Module Unloading - delete_module
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_kernel_module_loading_delete |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-audit_rules_kernel_module_loading_delete:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:47+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94653-3 References: 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 1.13, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, AU-2(d), AU-12(c), AC-6(9), CM-6(a), DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-3, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, Req-10.2.7, SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00216, SRG-OS-000477-GPOS-00222, SRG-APP-000495-CTR-001235, SRG-APP-000504-CTR-001280, R73 |
| Description |
To capture kernel module loading and unloading events, use the following line, setting ARCH to
either b32 for 32-bit system, or having two lines for both b32 and b64 in case your system is 64-bit:
-a always,exit -F arch=ARCH -S delete_module -F key=modulesPlace to add the line depends on a way auditd daemon is configured. If it is configured
to use the augenrules program (the default), add the line to a file with suffix
.rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d.
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility,
add the line to file /etc/audit/audit.rules. |
| Rationale | The removal of kernel modules can be used to alter the behavior of
the kernel and potentially introduce malicious code into kernel space. It is important
to have an audit trail of modules that have been introduced into the kernel. |
Ensure auditd Collects Information on Kernel Module Loading and Unloading - finit_module
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_kernel_module_loading_finit |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-audit_rules_kernel_module_loading_finit:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:47+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94654-1 References: 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 1.13, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, AU-2(d), AU-12(c), AC-6(9), CM-6(a), DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-3, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, Req-10.2.7, SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00216, SRG-OS-000477-GPOS-00222, SRG-APP-000495-CTR-001235, SRG-APP-000504-CTR-001280, R73 |
| Description |
To capture kernel module loading and unloading events, use the following line, setting ARCH to
either b32 for 32-bit system, or having two lines for both b32 and b64 in case your system is 64-bit:
-a always,exit -F arch=ARCH -S finit_module -F key=modulesPlace to add the line depends on a way auditd daemon is configured. If it is configured
to use the augenrules program (the default), add the line to a file with suffix
.rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d.
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility,
add the line to file /etc/audit/audit.rules. |
| Rationale | The addition/removal of kernel modules can be used to alter the behavior of
the kernel and potentially introduce malicious code into kernel space. It is important
to have an audit trail of modules that have been introduced into the kernel. |
Record Attempts to Alter Logon and Logout Events - lastlog
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_login_events_lastlog |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-audit_rules_login_events_lastlog:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:47+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94629-3 References: 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 1.13, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, AU-2(d), AU-12(c), AC-6(9), CM-6(a), DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-3, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, Req-10.2.3, SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, SRG-OS-000473-GPOS-00218, SRG-OS-000470-GPOS-00214, SRG-APP-000495-CTR-001235, SRG-APP-000503-CTR-001275, SRG-APP-000506-CTR-001290, R73, 0582, 10.2.1.3, 10.2.1, 10.2 |
| Description | The audit system already collects login information for all users
and root.
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules
program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the
following lines to a file with suffix .rules in the
directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-w /var/log/lastlog -p wa -k loginsIf the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to
/etc/audit/audit.rules:
-w /var/log/lastlog -p wa -k logins |
| Rationale | Manual editing of these files may indicate nefarious activity, such
as an attacker attempting to remove evidence of an intrusion. |
Record Attempts to Alter Logon and Logout Events - tallylog
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_login_events_tallylog |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-audit_rules_login_events_tallylog:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:47+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94628-5 References: 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 1.13, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, AU-2(d), AU-12(c), AC-6(9), CM-6(a), DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-3, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, Req-10.2.3, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000470-GPOS-00214, SRG-OS-000473-GPOS-00218, SRG-APP-000503-CTR-001275, 0582, 10.2.1.3, 10.2.1, 10.2 |
| Description | The audit system already collects login information for all users
and root.
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules
program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the
following lines to a file with suffix .rules in the
directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-w /var/log/tallylog -p wa -k loginsIf the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to
/etc/audit/audit.rules:
-w /var/log/tallylog -p wa -k logins |
| Rationale | Manual editing of these files may indicate nefarious activity, such
as an attacker attempting to remove evidence of an intrusion. |
Ensure auditd Collects Information on the Use of Privileged Commands - chage
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_privileged_commands_chage |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-audit_rules_privileged_commands_chage:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:47+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94611-1 References: 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, BAI03.05, DSS01.03, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, CIP-004-6 R2.2.2, CIP-004-6 R2.2.3, CIP-007-3 R.1.3, CIP-007-3 R5, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.3, CIP-007-3 R5.2.1, CIP-007-3 R5.2.3, AC-2(4), AU-2(d), AU-12(c), AC-6(9), CM-6(a), DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.PT-1, SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000468-GPOS-00212, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, SRG-APP-000029-CTR-000085, SRG-APP-000495-CTR-001235, SRG-APP-000501-CTR-001265, SRG-APP-000502-CTR-001270 |
| Description |
At a minimum, the audit system should collect the execution of privileged
commands for all users and root.
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules
program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add
a line of the following form to a file with suffix .rules
in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/chage -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privilegedIf the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add a line of the
following form to /etc/audit/audit.rules:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/chage -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged |
| Rationale | Misuse of privileged functions, either intentionally or unintentionally by
authorized users, or by unauthorized external entities that have compromised system accounts,
is a serious and ongoing concern and can have significant adverse impacts on organizations.
Auditing the use of privileged functions is one way to detect such misuse and identify
the risk from insider and advanced persistent threats.
Privileged programs are subject to escalation-of-privilege attacks, which attempt to subvert their normal role of providing some necessary but limited capability. As such, motivation exists to monitor these programs for unusual activity. |
Ensure auditd Collects Information on the Use of Privileged Commands - chfn
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_privileged_commands_chfn |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-audit_rules_privileged_commands_chfn:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:47+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94614-5 References: AU-3, AU-12(a), AU-12(c), MA-4(1)(a) |
| Description |
At a minimum, the audit system should collect the execution of privileged
commands for all users and root.
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules
program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add
a line of the following form to a file with suffix .rules
in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/chfn -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privilegedIf the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add a line of the
following form to /etc/audit/audit.rules:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/chfn -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged |
| Rationale | Without generating audit records that are specific to the security and
mission needs of the organization, it would be difficult to establish,
correlate, and investigate the events relating to an incident or identify
those responsible for one.
Audit records can be generated from various components within the
information system (e.g., module or policy filter). |
Ensure auditd Collects Information on the Use of Privileged Commands - chsh
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_privileged_commands_chsh |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-audit_rules_privileged_commands_chsh:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:47+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94609-5 References: 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, BAI03.05, DSS01.03, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, CIP-004-6 R2.2.2, CIP-004-6 R2.2.3, CIP-007-3 R.1.3, CIP-007-3 R5, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.3, CIP-007-3 R5.2.1, CIP-007-3 R5.2.3, AC-2(4), AU-2(d), AU-12(c), AC-6(9), CM-6(a), DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.PT-1, SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, SRG-APP-000495-CTR-001235 |
| Description |
At a minimum, the audit system should collect the execution of privileged
commands for all users and root.
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules
program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add
a line of the following form to a file with suffix .rules
in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/chsh -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privilegedIf the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add a line of the
following form to /etc/audit/audit.rules:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/chsh -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged |
| Rationale | Misuse of privileged functions, either intentionally or unintentionally by
authorized users, or by unauthorized external entities that have compromised system accounts,
is a serious and ongoing concern and can have significant adverse impacts on organizations.
Auditing the use of privileged functions is one way to detect such misuse and identify
the risk from insider and advanced persistent threats.
Privileged programs are subject to escalation-of-privilege attacks, which attempt to subvert their normal role of providing some necessary but limited capability. As such, motivation exists to monitor these programs for unusual activity. |
Ensure auditd Collects Information on the Use of Privileged Commands - crontab
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_privileged_commands_crontab |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-audit_rules_privileged_commands_crontab:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:47+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94612-9 References: 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, BAI03.05, DSS01.03, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, AU-2(d), AU-12(c), AC-6(9), CM-6(a), DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.PT-1, SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, SRG-APP-000495-CTR-001235 |
| Description |
At a minimum, the audit system should collect the execution of privileged
commands for all users and root.
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules
program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add
a line of the following form to a file with suffix .rules
in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/crontab -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privilegedIf the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add a line of the
following form to /etc/audit/audit.rules:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/crontab -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged |
| Rationale | Misuse of privileged functions, either intentionally or unintentionally by
authorized users, or by unauthorized external entities that have compromised system accounts,
is a serious and ongoing concern and can have significant adverse impacts on organizations.
Auditing the use of privileged functions is one way to detect such misuse and identify
the risk from insider and advanced persistent threats.
Privileged programs are subject to escalation-of-privilege attacks, which attempt to subvert their normal role of providing some necessary but limited capability. As such, motivation exists to monitor these programs for unusual activity. |
Ensure auditd Collects Information on the Use of Privileged Commands - gpasswd
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_privileged_commands_gpasswd |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-audit_rules_privileged_commands_gpasswd:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:47+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94607-9 References: 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, BAI03.05, DSS01.03, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, CIP-004-6 R2.2.2, CIP-004-6 R2.2.3, CIP-007-3 R.1.3, CIP-007-3 R5, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.3, CIP-007-3 R5.2.1, CIP-007-3 R5.2.3, AC-2(4), AU-2(d), AU-12(c), AC-6(9), CM-6(a), DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.PT-1, SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, SRG-APP-000029-CTR-000085, SRG-APP-000495-CTR-001235 |
| Description |
At a minimum, the audit system should collect the execution of privileged
commands for all users and root.
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules
program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add
a line of the following form to a file with suffix .rules
in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/gpasswd -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privilegedIf the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add a line of the
following form to /etc/audit/audit.rules:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/gpasswd -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged |
| Rationale | Misuse of privileged functions, either intentionally or unintentionally by
authorized users, or by unauthorized external entities that have compromised system accounts,
is a serious and ongoing concern and can have significant adverse impacts on organizations.
Auditing the use of privileged functions is one way to detect such misuse and identify
the risk from insider and advanced persistent threats.
Privileged programs are subject to escalation-of-privilege attacks, which attempt to subvert their normal role of providing some necessary but limited capability. As such, motivation exists to monitor these programs for unusual activity. |
Ensure auditd Collects Information on the Use of Privileged Commands - insmod
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_privileged_commands_insmod |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-audit_rules_privileged_commands_insmod:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:47+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94650-9 References: AU-12(c), AU-12.1(iv), AU-3, AU-3.1, AU-12(a), AU-12.1(ii), MA-4(1)(a), SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, R73 |
| Description | At a minimum, the audit system should collect the execution of
privileged commands for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is
configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during
daemon startup (the default), add a line of the following form to a file with
suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-w /sbin/insmod -p x -k modules |
| Rationale | Misuse of privileged functions, either intentionally or unintentionally by
authorized users, or by unauthorized external entities that have compromised system accounts,
is a serious and ongoing concern and can have significant adverse impacts on organizations.
Auditing the use of privileged functions is one way to detect such misuse and identify
the risk from insider and advanced persistent threats.
Privileged programs are subject to escalation-of-privilege attacks, which attempt to subvert their normal role of providing some necessary but limited capability. As such, motivation exists to monitor these programs for unusual activity. |
Ensure auditd Collects Information on the Use of Privileged Commands - kmod
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_privileged_commands_kmod |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-audit_rules_privileged_commands_kmod:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:47+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94616-0 References: AU-3, AU-3.1, AU-12(a), AU-12.1(ii), AU-12.1(iv)AU-12(c), MA-4(1)(a), SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00216, SRG-OS-000477-GPOS-00222, SRG-APP-000495-CTR-001235, SRG-APP-000504-CTR-001280, R73 |
| Description |
At a minimum, the audit system should collect the execution of privileged
commands for all users and root.
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules
program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add
a line of the following form to a file with suffix .rules
in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/kmod -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privilegedIf the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add a line of the
following form to /etc/audit/audit.rules:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/kmod -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged |
| Rationale | Without generating audit records that are specific to the security and
mission needs of the organization, it would be difficult to establish,
correlate, and investigate the events relating to an incident or identify
those responsible for one.
Audit records can be generated from various components within the
information system (e.g., module or policy filter). |
Ensure auditd Collects Information on the Use of Privileged Commands - modprobe
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_privileged_commands_modprobe |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-audit_rules_privileged_commands_modprobe:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:47+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94652-5 References: AU-12(a), AU-12.1(ii), AU-3, AU-3.1, AU-12(c), AU-12.1(iv), MA-4(1)(a), SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, R73 |
| Description | At a minimum, the audit system should collect the execution of
privileged commands for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is
configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during
daemon startup (the default), add a line of the following form to a file with
suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-w /sbin/modprobe -p x -k modulesIf the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add a line of the following
form to /etc/audit/audit.rules:
-w /sbin/modprobe -p x -k modules |
| Rationale | Misuse of privileged functions, either intentionally or unintentionally by
authorized users, or by unauthorized external entities that have compromised system accounts,
is a serious and ongoing concern and can have significant adverse impacts on organizations.
Auditing the use of privileged functions is one way to detect such misuse and identify
the risk from insider and advanced persistent threats.
Privileged programs are subject to escalation-of-privilege attacks, which attempt to subvert their normal role of providing some necessary but limited capability. As such, motivation exists to monitor these programs for unusual activity. |
Ensure auditd Collects Information on the Use of Privileged Commands - newgrp
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_privileged_commands_newgrp |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-audit_rules_privileged_commands_newgrp:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:47+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94608-7 References: 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, BAI03.05, DSS01.03, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, CIP-004-6 R2.2.2, CIP-004-6 R2.2.3, CIP-007-3 R.1.3, CIP-007-3 R5, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.3, CIP-007-3 R5.2.1, CIP-007-3 R5.2.3, AC-2(4), AU-2(d), AU-12(c), AC-6(9), CM-6(a), DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.PT-1, SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, SRG-APP-000029-CTR-000085, SRG-APP-000495-CTR-001235 |
| Description |
At a minimum, the audit system should collect the execution of privileged
commands for all users and root.
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules
program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add
a line of the following form to a file with suffix .rules
in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/newgrp -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privilegedIf the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add a line of the
following form to /etc/audit/audit.rules:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/newgrp -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged |
| Rationale | Misuse of privileged functions, either intentionally or unintentionally by
authorized users, or by unauthorized external entities that have compromised system accounts,
is a serious and ongoing concern and can have significant adverse impacts on organizations.
Auditing the use of privileged functions is one way to detect such misuse and identify
the risk from insider and advanced persistent threats.
Privileged programs are subject to escalation-of-privilege attacks, which attempt to subvert their normal role of providing some necessary but limited capability. As such, motivation exists to monitor these programs for unusual activity. |
Ensure auditd Collects Information on the Use of Privileged Commands - passwd
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_privileged_commands_passwd |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-audit_rules_privileged_commands_passwd:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:47+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94606-1 References: 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, BAI03.05, DSS01.03, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, CIP-004-6 R2.2.2, CIP-004-6 R2.2.3, CIP-007-3 R.1.3, CIP-007-3 R5, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.3, CIP-007-3 R5.2.1, CIP-007-3 R5.2.3, AC-2(4), AU-2(d), AU-12(c), AC-6(9), CM-6(a), DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.PT-1, SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, SRG-APP-000029-CTR-000085, SRG-APP-000495-CTR-001235 |
| Description |
At a minimum, the audit system should collect the execution of privileged
commands for all users and root.
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules
program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add
a line of the following form to a file with suffix .rules
in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/passwd -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privilegedIf the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add a line of the
following form to /etc/audit/audit.rules:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/passwd -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged |
| Rationale | Misuse of privileged functions, either intentionally or unintentionally by
authorized users, or by unauthorized external entities that have compromised system accounts,
is a serious and ongoing concern and can have significant adverse impacts on organizations.
Auditing the use of privileged functions is one way to detect such misuse and identify
the risk from insider and advanced persistent threats.
Privileged programs are subject to escalation-of-privilege attacks, which attempt to subvert their normal role of providing some necessary but limited capability. As such, motivation exists to monitor these programs for unusual activity. |
Ensure auditd Collects Information on the Use of Privileged Commands - rmmod
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_privileged_commands_rmmod |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-audit_rules_privileged_commands_rmmod:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:47+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94651-7 References: SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, R73 |
| Description | At a minimum, the audit system should collect the execution of
privileged commands for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is
configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during
daemon startup (the default), add a line of the following form to a file with
suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-w /sbin/rmmod -p x -k modules |
| Rationale | Misuse of privileged functions, either intentionally or unintentionally by
authorized users, or by unauthorized external entities that have compromised system accounts,
is a serious and ongoing concern and can have significant adverse impacts on organizations.
Auditing the use of privileged functions is one way to detect such misuse and identify
the risk from insider and advanced persistent threats.
Privileged programs are subject to escalation-of-privilege attacks, which attempt to subvert their normal role of providing some necessary but limited capability. As such, motivation exists to monitor these programs for unusual activity. |
Record Any Attempts to Run ssh-agent
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_privileged_commands_ssh_agent |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-audit_rules_privileged_commands_ssh_agent:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:47+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94615-2 References: SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, SRG-APP-000495-CTR-001235 |
| Description |
At a minimum, the audit system should collect the execution of privileged
commands for all users and root.
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules
program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add
a line of the following form to a file with suffix .rules
in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/ssh-agent -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privilegedIf the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add a line of the
following form to /etc/audit/audit.rules:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/ssh-agent -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged |
| Rationale | Without generating audit records that are specific to the security and
mission needs of the organization, it would be difficult to establish,
correlate, and investigate the events relating to an incident or identify
those responsible for one.
Audit records can be generated from various components within the
information system (e.g., module or policy filter). |
Ensure auditd Collects Information on the Use of Privileged Commands - ssh-keysign
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_privileged_commands_ssh_keysign |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-audit_rules_privileged_commands_ssh_keysign:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:47+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94605-3 References: 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, BAI03.05, DSS01.03, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, AU-2(d), AU-12(c), AC-6(9), CM-6(a), DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.PT-1, SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, SRG-APP-000029-CTR-000085, SRG-APP-000495-CTR-001235 |
| Description |
At a minimum, the audit system should collect the execution of privileged
commands for all users and root.
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules
program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add
a line of the following form to a file with suffix .rules
in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/libexec/ssh/ssh-keysign -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privilegedIf the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add a line of the
following form to /etc/audit/audit.rules:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/libexec/ssh/ssh-keysign -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged |
| Rationale | Misuse of privileged functions, either intentionally or unintentionally by
authorized users, or by unauthorized external entities that have compromised system accounts,
is a serious and ongoing concern and can have significant adverse impacts on organizations.
Auditing the use of privileged functions is one way to detect such misuse and identify
the risk from insider and advanced persistent threats.
Privileged programs are subject to escalation-of-privilege attacks, which attempt to subvert their normal role of providing some necessary but limited capability. As such, motivation exists to monitor these programs for unusual activity. |
Ensure auditd Collects Information on the Use of Privileged Commands - su
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_privileged_commands_su |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-audit_rules_privileged_commands_su:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:47+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94624-4 References: 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, BAI03.05, DSS01.03, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, AU-2(d), AU-12(c), AC-6(9), CM-6(a), DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.PT-1, SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000064-GPOS-00033, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, SRG-OS-000466-GPOS-00210, SRG-APP-000029-CTR-000085, SRG-APP-000495-CTR-001235, SRG-APP-000499-CTR-001255, SRG-OS-000755-GPOS-00220 |
| Description |
At a minimum, the audit system should collect the execution of privileged
commands for all users and root.
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules
program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add
a line of the following form to a file with suffix .rules
in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/su -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privilegedIf the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add a line of the
following form to /etc/audit/audit.rules:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/su -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged |
| Rationale | Misuse of privileged functions, either intentionally or unintentionally by
authorized users, or by unauthorized external entities that have compromised system accounts,
is a serious and ongoing concern and can have significant adverse impacts on organizations.
Auditing the use of privileged functions is one way to detect such misuse and identify
the risk from insider and advanced persistent threats.
Privileged programs are subject to escalation-of-privilege attacks, which attempt to subvert their normal role of providing some necessary but limited capability. As such, motivation exists to monitor these programs for unusual activity. |
Ensure auditd Collects Information on the Use of Privileged Commands - sudo
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_privileged_commands_sudo |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-audit_rules_privileged_commands_sudo:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:47+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94625-1 References: 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, BAI03.05, DSS01.03, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, AU-2(d), AU-12(c), AC-6(9), CM-6(a), DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.PT-1, SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, SRG-OS-000466-GPOS-00210, SRG-APP-000029-CTR-000085, SRG-APP-000495-CTR-001235, SRG-APP-000499-CTR-001255, SRG-OS-000755-GPOS-00220, R33 |
| Description |
At a minimum, the audit system should collect the execution of privileged
commands for all users and root.
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules
program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add
a line of the following form to a file with suffix .rules
in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/sudo -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privilegedIf the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add a line of the
following form to /etc/audit/audit.rules:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/sudo -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged |
| Rationale | Misuse of privileged functions, either intentionally or unintentionally by
authorized users, or by unauthorized external entities that have compromised system accounts,
is a serious and ongoing concern and can have significant adverse impacts on organizations.
Auditing the use of privileged functions is one way to detect such misuse and identify
the risk from insider and advanced persistent threats.
Privileged programs are subject to escalation-of-privilege attacks, which attempt to subvert their normal role of providing some necessary but limited capability. As such, motivation exists to monitor these programs for unusual activity. |
Ensure auditd Collects Information on the Use of Privileged Commands - sudoedit
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_privileged_commands_sudoedit |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-audit_rules_privileged_commands_sudoedit:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:47+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94613-7 References: 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, BAI03.05, DSS01.03, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, AU-2(d), AU-12(c), AC-6(9), CM-6(a), DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.PT-1, SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, SRG-APP-000495-CTR-001235, SRG-OS-000755-GPOS-00220 |
| Description |
At a minimum, the audit system should collect the execution of privileged
commands for all users and root.
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules
program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add
a line of the following form to a file with suffix .rules
in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/sudoedit -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privilegedIf the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add a line of the
following form to /etc/audit/audit.rules:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/sudoedit -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged |
| Rationale | Misuse of privileged functions, either intentionally or unintentionally by
authorized users, or by unauthorized external entities that have compromised system accounts,
is a serious and ongoing concern and can have significant adverse impacts on organizations.
Auditing the use of privileged functions is one way to detect such misuse and identify
the risk from insider and advanced persistent threats.
Privileged programs are subject to escalation-of-privilege attacks, which attempt to subvert their normal role of providing some necessary but limited capability. As such, motivation exists to monitor these programs for unusual activity. |
Ensure auditd Collects Information on the Use of Privileged Commands - unix_chkpwd
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_privileged_commands_unix_chkpwd |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-audit_rules_privileged_commands_unix_chkpwd:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:47+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94610-3 References: 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, BAI03.05, DSS01.03, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, CIP-004-6 R2.2.2, CIP-004-6 R2.2.3, CIP-007-3 R.1.3, CIP-007-3 R5, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.3, CIP-007-3 R5.2.1, CIP-007-3 R5.2.3, CIP-007-3 R6.5, AC-2(4), AU-2(d), AU-3, AU-3.1, AU-12(a), AU-12(c), AU-12.1(ii), AU-12.1(iv), AC-6(9), CM-6(a), MA-4(1)(a), DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.PT-1, SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, SRG-APP-000029-CTR-000085, SRG-APP-000495-CTR-001235 |
| Description |
At a minimum, the audit system should collect the execution of privileged
commands for all users and root.
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules
program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add
a line of the following form to a file with suffix .rules
in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F path=/sbin/unix_chkpwd -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privilegedIf the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add a line of the
following form to /etc/audit/audit.rules:
-a always,exit -F path=/sbin/unix_chkpwd -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged |
| Rationale | Misuse of privileged functions, either intentionally or unintentionally by
authorized users, or by unauthorized external entities that have compromised system accounts,
is a serious and ongoing concern and can have significant adverse impacts on organizations.
Auditing the use of privileged functions is one way to detect such misuse and identify
the risk from insider and advanced persistent threats.
Privileged programs are subject to escalation-of-privilege attacks, which attempt to subvert their normal role of providing some necessary but limited capability. As such, motivation exists to monitor these programs for unusual activity. |
Ensure auditd Collects Information on the Use of Privileged Commands - usermod
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_privileged_commands_usermod |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-audit_rules_privileged_commands_usermod:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:47+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94622-8 References: SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, SRG-OS-000466-GPOS-00210, SRG-APP-000495-CTR-001235, SRG-APP-000499-CTR-001255 |
| Description |
At a minimum, the audit system should collect the execution of privileged
commands for all users and root.
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules
program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add
a line of the following form to a file with suffix .rules
in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/sbin/usermod -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privilegedIf the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add a line of the
following form to /etc/audit/audit.rules:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/sbin/usermod -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged |
| Rationale | Misuse of privileged functions, either intentionally or unintentionally by
authorized users, or by unauthorized external entities that have compromised system accounts,
is a serious and ongoing concern and can have significant adverse impacts on organizations.
Auditing the use of privileged functions is one way to detect such misuse and identify
the risk from insider and advanced persistent threats.
Privileged programs are subject to escalation-of-privilege attacks, which attempt to subvert their normal role of providing some necessary but limited capability. As such, motivation exists to monitor these programs for unusual activity. |
Ensure auditd Collects Information on Exporting to Media (successful)
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_media_export |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-audit_rules_media_export:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:47+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94635-0 References: 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 5.4.1.1, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 1.13, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, AU-2(d), AU-12(c), AC-6(9), CM-6(a), DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-3, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, Req-10.2.7, SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, SRG-APP-000495-CTR-001235, R73, 10.2.1.7, 10.2.1, 10.2 |
| Description | At a minimum, the audit system should collect media exportation
events for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to
use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup
(the default), add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in
the directory /etc/audit/rules.d, setting ARCH to either b32 for
32-bit system, or having two lines for both b32 and b64 in case your
system is 64-bit:
-a always,exit -F arch=ARCH -S mount -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=exportIf the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file, setting ARCH to either b32 for
32-bit system, or having two lines for both b32 and b64 in case your
system is 64-bit:
-a always,exit -F arch=ARCH -S mount -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=export |
| Rationale | The unauthorized exportation of data to external media could result in an information leak
where classified information, Privacy Act information, and intellectual property could be lost. An audit
trail should be created each time a filesystem is mounted to help identify and guard against information
loss. |
Record Attempts to Alter Process and Session Initiation Information btmp
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_session_events_btmp |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-audit_rules_session_events_btmp:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:47+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94734-1 References: 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), AU-12(c), AU-12.1(iv), SRG-OS-000472-GPOS-00217, R73, 0582, 0846, 10.2.1.3, 10.2.1, 10.2 |
| Description | The audit system already collects process information for all
users and root.
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules
program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the
following lines to a file with suffix .rules in the
directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-w /var/log/btmp -p wa -k sessionIf the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to
/etc/audit/audit.rules:
-w /var/log/btmp -p wa -k session |
| Rationale | Manual editing of these files may indicate nefarious activity, such
as an attacker attempting to remove evidence of an intrusion. |
Record Attempts to Alter Process and Session Initiation Information utmp
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_session_events_utmp |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-audit_rules_session_events_utmp:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:47+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94732-5 References: 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), AU-12(c), AU-12.1(iv), SRG-OS-000472-GPOS-00217, R73, 0582, 0846, 10.2.1.3, 10.2.1, 10.2 |
| Description | The audit system already collects process information for all
users and root.
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules
program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the
following lines to a file with suffix .rules in the
directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-w /var/run/utmp -p wa -k sessionIf the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to
/etc/audit/audit.rules:
-w /var/run/utmp -p wa -k session |
| Rationale | Manual editing of these files may indicate nefarious activity, such
as an attacker attempting to remove evidence of an intrusion. |
Record Attempts to Alter Process and Session Initiation Information wtmp
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_session_events_wtmp |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-audit_rules_session_events_wtmp:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:47+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94733-3 References: 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), AU-12(c), AU-12.1(iv), SRG-OS-000472-GPOS-00217, R73, 0582, 0846, 10.2.1.3, 10.2.1, 10.2 |
| Description | The audit system already collects process information for all
users and root.
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules
program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the
following lines to a file with suffix .rules in the
directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-w /var/log/wtmp -p wa -k sessionIf the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to
/etc/audit/audit.rules:
-w /var/log/wtmp -p wa -k session |
| Rationale | Manual editing of these files may indicate nefarious activity, such
as an attacker attempting to remove evidence of an intrusion. |
Record Events When Privileged Executables Are Run
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_suid_privilege_function |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-audit_rules_suid_privilege_function:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:47+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94704-4 References: CM-5(1), AU-7(a), AU-7(b), AU-8(b), AU-12(3), AC-6(9), SRG-OS-000326-GPOS-00126, SRG-OS-000327-GPOS-00127, SRG-APP-000343-CTR-000780, SRG-APP-000381-CTR-000905, SRG-OS-000755-GPOS-00220, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.1, 10.2 |
| Description | Verify the system generates an audit record when privileged functions are executed.
If audit is using the "auditctl" tool to load the rules, run the following command:
$ sudo grep execve /etc/audit/audit.rulesIf audit is using the "augenrules" tool to load the rules, run the following command: $ sudo grep -r execve /etc/audit/rules.d -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S execve -C uid!=euid -F euid=0 -k setuid -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S execve -C uid!=euid -F euid=0 -k setuid -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S execve -C gid!=egid -F egid=0 -k setgid -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S execve -C gid!=egid -F egid=0 -k setgidIf both the "b32" and "b64" audit rules for "SUID" files are not defined, this is a finding. If both the "b32" and "b64" audit rules for "SGID" files are not defined, this is a finding. |
| Rationale | Misuse of privileged functions, either intentionally or unintentionally by
authorized users, or by unauthorized external entities that have
compromised information system accounts, is a serious and ongoing concern
and can have significant adverse impacts on organizations. Auditing the use
of privileged functions is one way to detect such misuse and identify the
risk from insider threats and the advanced persistent threat. |
| Warnings | warning
Note that these rules can be configured in a
number of ways while still achieving the desired effect. |
Ensure auditd Collects System Administrator Actions
Record Events that Modify User/Group Information - /etc/group
Record Events that Modify User/Group Information - /etc/security/opasswd
Record Events that Modify User/Group Information - /etc/passwd
Record Events that Modify User/Group Information - /etc/shadow
Configure a Sufficiently Large Partition for Audit Logs
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_auditd_audispd_configure_sufficiently_large_partition |
| Result | notchecked |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:47+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94706-9 References: SRG-OS-000341-GPOS-00132, SRG-OS-000342-GPOS-00133 |
| Description | The SUSE Linux Enterprise Micro 6 operating system must allocate audit record storage
capacity to store at least one weeks worth of audit records when audit
records are not immediately sent to a central audit record storage
facility.
The partition size needed to capture a week's worth of audit records is
based on the activity level of the system and the total storage capacity
available.
In normal circumstances, 10.0 GB of storage space for audit
records will be sufficient.
Determine which partition the audit records are being written to with the
following command:
$ sudo grep log_file /etc/audit/auditd.conf log_file = /var/log/audit/audit.logCheck the size of the partition that audit records are written to with the following command: $ sudo df -h /var/log/audit/ /dev/sda2 24G 10.4G 13.6G 43% /var/log/audit |
| Rationale | Information stored in one location is vulnerable to accidental or incidental
deletion or alteration. Off-loading is a common process in information
systems with limited audit storage capacity. |
Configure auditd Disk Full Action when Disk Space Is Full
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_auditd_data_disk_full_action |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-auditd_data_disk_full_action:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:47+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94657-4 References: 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI04.04, BAI08.02, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, MEA02.01, 4.2.3.10, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 6.1, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, A.12.1.3, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.17.2.1, AU-5(b), AU-5(2), AU-5(1), AU-5(4), CM-6(a), DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, PR.DS-4, PR.PT-1, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, SRG-OS-000047-GPOS-00023 |
| Description | The auditd service can be configured to take an action
when disk space is running low but prior to running out of space completely.
Edit the file /etc/audit/auditd.conf. Add or modify the following line,
substituting ACTION appropriately:
disk_full_action = ACTION
Set this value to single to cause the system to switch to single-user
mode for corrective action. Acceptable values also include
syslog, exec, single, and halt
For certain systems, the need for availability
outweighs the need to log all actions, and a different setting should be
determined. Details regarding all possible values for ACTION are described in the
auditd.conf man page. |
| Rationale | Taking appropriate action in case of a filled audit storage volume will minimize
the possibility of losing audit records. |
Configure auditd mail_acct Action on Low Disk Space
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_auditd_data_retention_action_mail_acct |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-auditd_data_retention_action_mail_acct:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:47+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94655-8 References: 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 5.4.1.1, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI04.04, BAI08.02, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, MEA02.01, 3.3.1, 164.312(a)(2)(ii), 4.2.3.10, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 6.1, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, A.12.1.3, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.17.2.1, CIP-003-8 R1.3, CIP-003-8 R3, CIP-003-8 R3.1, CIP-003-8 R3.2, CIP-003-8 R3.3, CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.2.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2, CIP-007-3 R5.2, CIP-007-3 R5.3.1, CIP-007-3 R5.3.2, CIP-007-3 R5.3.3, IA-5(1), AU-5(a), AU-5(2), CM-6(a), DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, PR.DS-4, PR.PT-1, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, Req-10.7.a, SRG-OS-000046-GPOS-00022, SRG-OS-000343-GPOS-00134 |
| Description | The auditd service can be configured to send email to
a designated account in certain situations. Add or correct the following line
in /etc/audit/auditd.conf to ensure that administrators are notified
via email for those situations:
action_mail_acct = root
|
| Rationale | Email sent to the root account is typically aliased to the
administrators of the system, who can take appropriate action. |
Configure auditd space_left Action on Low Disk Space
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_auditd_data_retention_space_left_action |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-auditd_data_retention_space_left_action:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:47+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94711-9 References: 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 5.4.1.1, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI04.04, BAI08.02, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, MEA02.01, 3.3.1, 164.312(a)(2)(ii), 4.2.3.10, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 6.1, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, A.12.1.3, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.17.2.1, AU-5(b), AU-5(2), AU-5(1), AU-5(4), CM-6(a), DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, PR.DS-4, PR.PT-1, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, Req-10.7, SRG-OS-000343-GPOS-00134, 10.5.1, 10.5 |
| Description | The auditd service can be configured to take an action
when disk space starts to run low.
Edit the file /etc/audit/auditd.conf. Modify the following line,
substituting ACTION appropriately:
space_left_action = ACTION
Possible values for ACTION are described in the auditd.conf man page.
These include:
email (instead of the default,
which is suspend) as it is more likely to get prompt attention. Acceptable values
also include suspend, single, and halt. |
| Rationale | Notifying administrators of an impending disk space problem may
allow them to take corrective action prior to any disruption. |
Configure auditd space_left on Low Disk Space
| Rule ID | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_auditd_data_retention_space_left_percentage |
| Result | pass |
| Multi-check rule | no |
| OVAL Definition ID | oval:ssg-auditd_data_retention_space_left_percentage:def:1 |
| Time | 2026-04-19T11:29:47+00:00 |
| Severity | medium |
| Identifiers and References | Identifiers: CCE-94710-1 References: 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI04.04, BAI08.02, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, MEA02.01, 4.2.3.10, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 6.1, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, A.12.1.3, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.17.2.1, AU-5(b), AU-5(2), AU-5(1), AU-5(4), CM-6(a), DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, PR.DS-4, PR.PT-1, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, Req-10.7, SRG-OS-000343-GPOS-00134 |
| Description | The auditd service can be configured to take an action
when disk space is running low but prior to running out of space completely.
Edit the file /etc/audit/auditd.conf. Add or modify the following line,
substituting PERCENTAGE appropriately:
space_left = PERCENTAGE%Set this value to at least 25 to cause the system to notify the user of an issue. |
| Rationale | Notifying administrators of an impending disk space problem may allow them to
take corrective action prior to any disruption. |